1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 int *other_type_used);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function = "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
360 struct command_line *
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count;
615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint *b;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line *
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
679 result->commands = commands;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup *
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num)
734 struct breakpoint *b;
737 if (b->number == num)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
751 struct bp_location *loc;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
877 if (a->address == b->address)
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location **
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
933 struct bp_location *loc;
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
953 const char *arg = exp;
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
964 innermost_block = NULL;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
973 struct bp_location *loc;
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
993 static VEC (char_ptr) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
995 const char *text, const char *word)
999 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1000 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1004 struct breakpoint *b;
1005 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len = strlen (text);
1020 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1021 struct bp_location *loc;
1024 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1029 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1031 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1034 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1049 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1052 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1054 struct breakpoint *b;
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1062 bnum = get_number (&p);
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1067 if (b->number == bnum)
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1088 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1095 struct command_line *c;
1097 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1101 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1105 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1119 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1122 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1124 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1130 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1135 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1140 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1141 struct command_line *commands)
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line *c;
1150 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1171 struct command_line *c2;
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1174 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1175 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1177 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1194 struct breakpoint *b;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1196 struct bp_location *loc;
1199 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1201 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1202 if (loc->address == addr)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1214 struct command_line *commands)
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1219 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1220 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1223 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1224 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1228 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1230 int old_silent = b->silent;
1233 if (old_silent != silent)
1234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1237 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1238 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1241 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1243 int old_thread = b->thread;
1246 if (old_thread != thread)
1247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1250 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1251 breakpoint work for any task. */
1254 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1256 int old_task = b->task;
1259 if (old_task != task)
1260 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1264 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1266 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1268 validate_actionline (line, b);
1271 /* A structure used to pass information through
1272 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1274 struct commands_info
1276 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1279 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1282 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1283 already-parsed command. */
1284 struct command_line *control;
1286 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1288 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1291 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1292 commands_command. */
1295 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1297 struct commands_info *info = data;
1299 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1301 struct command_line *l;
1303 if (info->control != NULL)
1304 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1307 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1310 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1311 "%s, one per line."),
1314 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1316 l = read_command_lines (str,
1319 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1322 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1325 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1328 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1330 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1332 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1333 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1334 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1335 b->commands = info->cmd;
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1342 struct command_line *control)
1344 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1345 struct commands_info info;
1347 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1348 info.control = control;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1354 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1356 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1359 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1360 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1372 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1375 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1381 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1388 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1390 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1401 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1402 return simple_control;
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1410 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1414 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1440 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1445 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1452 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1453 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1455 struct bp_location *bl;
1457 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1458 bl = bp_location[bc];
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1469 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1492 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1497 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1499 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1512 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1520 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1525 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1526 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1528 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1533 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1547 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1553 if (readbuf != NULL)
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1558 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1559 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1563 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1564 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1568 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1569 const unsigned char *bp;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1571 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1575 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1579 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1595 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1605 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1617 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1632 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1644 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1646 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1649 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1650 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1651 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1652 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1654 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1712 int within_current_scope;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1722 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1729 within_current_scope = 1;
1732 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1748 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1750 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1751 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1752 if (within_current_scope)
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1761 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1770 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1771 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b->val);
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1785 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1787 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1791 s = b->base.cond_string;
1792 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if ( !target_has_execution)
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1807 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1810 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1811 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1821 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1827 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1838 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1840 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1851 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1853 addr = value_address (v);
1855 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1857 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1860 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1861 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1864 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1866 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1867 loc->address = addr;
1868 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1869 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1882 struct bp_location *bl;
1884 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1888 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type = b->base.type;
1904 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1905 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1921 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1923 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1925 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 b->base.type = type;
1944 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1945 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1946 "read/access watchpoint."));
1948 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1950 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1951 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1952 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1953 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1956 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1958 next = value_next (v);
1963 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1964 above left it without any location set up. But,
1965 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1966 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1967 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1969 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1970 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1971 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1972 base->loc->address = -1;
1973 base->loc->length = -1;
1974 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1977 else if (!within_current_scope)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2000 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2003 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2006 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2026 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2027 that the location is not duplicated. */
2030 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2033 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2036 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2037 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2041 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2042 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2043 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2044 any error during parsing. */
2046 static struct agent_expr *
2047 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2049 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2059 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2083 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2085 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2086 struct bp_location *loc;
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2108 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2115 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2152 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2153 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2165 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2166 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2171 loc->cond_bytecode);
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181 static struct agent_expr *
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2184 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2185 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2186 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2187 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2188 const char *cmdrest;
2189 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2190 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2192 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2199 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2201 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2203 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2204 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2206 format_start = cmdrest;
2208 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2210 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2212 format_end = cmdrest;
2214 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2215 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2217 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2219 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2220 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2222 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2224 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2226 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2228 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2229 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2232 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2237 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2238 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2240 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2244 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2245 that may show up. */
2246 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2248 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2249 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2250 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2261 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2263 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2267 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2268 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2269 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2272 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2274 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2275 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2276 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2277 struct bp_location *loc;
2279 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2280 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2281 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2284 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2299 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2301 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2306 loc->owner->extra_string);
2307 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2313 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2314 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2315 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2317 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2323 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2325 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2327 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2330 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2331 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2333 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2335 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2338 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2339 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2344 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2345 for this location's address. */
2346 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2349 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2350 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2351 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2352 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2354 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2355 to send the commands to the target. */
2356 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2360 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2361 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2362 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2363 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2366 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2367 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2368 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2369 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2372 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2373 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2375 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2376 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2377 int *disabled_breaks,
2378 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2379 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2382 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2383 struct gdb_exception e;
2385 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2388 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2389 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2390 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2391 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2392 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2393 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2394 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2395 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2396 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2397 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2398 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2399 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2401 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2402 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2403 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2404 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2406 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2408 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2409 build_target_command_list (bl);
2410 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2411 bl->needs_update = 0;
2414 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2415 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2417 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2419 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2420 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2421 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2423 Two important cases are:
2424 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2425 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2426 hardware breakpoint.
2427 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2428 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2429 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2432 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2433 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2434 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2435 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2437 struct mem_region *mr
2438 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2442 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2444 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2446 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2447 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2449 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2451 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2453 static int said = 0;
2455 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2458 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2459 _("Note: automatically using "
2460 "hardware breakpoints for "
2461 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2466 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2467 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2468 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2469 "at readonly address %s"),
2470 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2474 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2475 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2476 || bl->section == NULL
2477 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2479 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2480 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2482 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2487 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2492 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2493 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2494 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2496 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2497 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2498 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2499 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2500 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2504 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2506 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2507 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2508 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2509 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2510 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2512 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2513 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2514 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2518 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2519 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2521 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2522 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2524 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2529 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2534 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2535 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2542 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2543 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2545 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2547 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2548 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2549 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2552 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2554 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2555 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2556 "library breakpoints:\n");
2558 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2559 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2560 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2564 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2566 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2567 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2568 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2569 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2570 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2571 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2577 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2579 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2580 "Error accessing memory address ");
2581 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2583 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2584 safe_strerror (val));
2595 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2596 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2597 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2598 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2600 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2601 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2603 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2605 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2606 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2607 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2609 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2611 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2612 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2614 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2616 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2617 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2621 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2622 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2629 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2630 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2633 /* Back to the original value. */
2634 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2638 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2641 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2643 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2644 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2646 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2649 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2653 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2654 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2656 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2659 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2661 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2662 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2663 so just return success. */
2670 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2671 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2675 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2677 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2678 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2680 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2683 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2684 delete_breakpoint (b);
2687 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2688 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2689 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2691 struct bp_location *tmp;
2693 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2695 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2696 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2697 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2699 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2700 if (tmp->next == loc)
2702 tmp->next = loc->next;
2708 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2709 removed locations above. */
2710 update_global_location_list (0);
2713 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2714 Throws exception on any error.
2715 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2716 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2718 insert_breakpoints (void)
2720 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2723 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2725 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2727 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2730 update_global_location_list (1);
2732 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2733 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2735 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2736 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2739 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2742 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2744 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2748 callback (loc, NULL);
2752 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2753 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2754 always-inserted mode. */
2757 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2759 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2762 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2763 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2764 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2766 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2767 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2769 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2770 there was an error. */
2771 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2773 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2775 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2777 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2779 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2782 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2783 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2784 deletion of breakpoints. */
2785 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2788 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2790 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2791 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2792 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2793 insert breakpoints. */
2794 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2795 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2798 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2799 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2806 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2807 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2810 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2813 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2816 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2818 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2819 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2822 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2823 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2824 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2826 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2827 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2829 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2830 there was an error. */
2831 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2833 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2837 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2840 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2841 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2842 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2843 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2844 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2847 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2849 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2850 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2851 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2852 insert breakpoints. */
2853 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2854 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2857 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2858 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2863 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2864 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2865 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2867 int some_failed = 0;
2868 struct bp_location *loc;
2870 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2873 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2876 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2879 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2880 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2887 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2889 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2891 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2892 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2893 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2901 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2902 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2903 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2905 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2906 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2907 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2909 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2910 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2913 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2916 /* Used when the program stops.
2917 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2918 removing a breakpoint location. */
2921 remove_breakpoints (void)
2923 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2926 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2928 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2929 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2934 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2937 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2939 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2941 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2945 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2948 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2953 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2962 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2964 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2965 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2967 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2968 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2969 struct inferior *inf;
2970 struct thread_info *tp;
2972 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2976 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2977 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2979 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2981 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2982 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2984 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2986 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2992 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2995 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3000 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3004 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3006 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3007 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3008 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3009 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3010 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3011 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3013 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3016 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3019 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3020 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3024 static struct breakpoint *
3025 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3026 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3027 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3029 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3030 struct breakpoint *b;
3032 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3035 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3036 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3038 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3039 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3040 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3045 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3047 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3049 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3051 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3052 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3054 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3055 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3057 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3058 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3060 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3061 int longjmp_searched;
3063 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3064 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3066 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3069 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3070 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3072 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3073 int exception_searched;
3075 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3076 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3079 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3081 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3082 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3084 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3087 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3089 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3092 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3093 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3095 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3096 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3098 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3100 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3101 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3103 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3104 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3106 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3107 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3109 return bp_objfile_data;
3113 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3115 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3117 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3118 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3122 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3124 struct objfile *objfile;
3125 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3127 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3129 struct breakpoint *b;
3130 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3133 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3135 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3138 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3140 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3142 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3145 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3146 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3149 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3152 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3153 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3155 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3156 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3158 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3160 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3161 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3165 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3166 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3169 update_global_location_list (1);
3173 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3175 struct program_space *pspace;
3176 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3178 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3180 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3182 struct objfile *objfile;
3184 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3186 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3190 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3192 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3193 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3196 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3198 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3200 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3201 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3202 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3205 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3208 struct probe *probe;
3209 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3212 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3213 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3217 struct breakpoint *b;
3219 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3221 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3222 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3223 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3229 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3231 struct breakpoint *b;
3232 const char *func_name;
3235 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3238 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3239 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3241 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3243 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3246 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3247 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3250 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3253 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3254 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3255 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3256 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3257 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3261 update_global_location_list (1);
3263 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3266 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3268 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3270 struct program_space *pspace;
3271 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3272 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3274 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3276 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3278 struct objfile *objfile;
3281 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3283 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3285 struct breakpoint *b;
3286 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3288 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3290 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3293 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3295 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3297 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3298 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3299 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3301 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3302 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3305 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3308 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3309 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3310 bp_std_terminate_master,
3311 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3312 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3313 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3317 update_global_location_list (1);
3319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3322 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3325 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3327 struct objfile *objfile;
3328 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3330 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3332 struct breakpoint *b;
3333 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3334 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3337 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3339 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3340 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3342 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3343 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3344 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3347 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3349 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3351 struct probe *probe;
3354 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3355 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3359 struct breakpoint *b;
3361 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3362 bp_exception_master,
3363 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3364 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3365 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3371 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3373 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3376 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3378 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3380 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3382 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3383 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3385 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3389 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3392 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3393 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3395 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3396 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3397 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3398 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3401 update_global_location_list (1);
3405 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3407 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3408 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3410 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3411 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3412 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3413 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3414 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3415 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3416 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3417 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3418 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3419 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3420 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3422 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3424 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3427 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3428 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3430 delete_breakpoint (b);
3434 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3435 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3437 delete_breakpoint (b);
3441 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3442 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3443 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3444 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3445 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3447 delete_breakpoint (b);
3451 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3452 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3454 delete_breakpoint (b);
3458 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3460 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3461 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3462 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3464 delete_breakpoint (b);
3468 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3470 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3471 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3472 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3473 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3477 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3478 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3479 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3480 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3481 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3482 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3484 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3485 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3486 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3487 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3488 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3489 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3490 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3492 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3493 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3494 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3495 let finish_command delete it.
3497 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3498 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3499 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3500 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3501 solib breakpoints.) */
3503 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3508 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3509 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3511 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3513 delete_breakpoint (b);
3517 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3518 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3519 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3520 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3525 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3527 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3529 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3530 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3532 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3533 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3535 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3536 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3537 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3539 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3543 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3546 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3547 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3549 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3553 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3554 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3555 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3556 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3557 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3560 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3564 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3565 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3567 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3568 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3571 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3572 This should not ever happen. */
3573 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3575 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3576 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3578 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3579 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3580 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3582 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3583 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3584 || bl->section == NULL
3585 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3587 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3588 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3592 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3593 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3594 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3596 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3597 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3599 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3600 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3601 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3602 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3603 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3605 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3606 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3608 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3609 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3612 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3613 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3614 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3615 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3617 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3618 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3619 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3620 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3621 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3622 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3628 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3633 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3634 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3635 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3636 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3641 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3643 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3645 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3646 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3648 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3649 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3651 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3652 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3653 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3656 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3657 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3660 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3661 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3663 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3667 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3674 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3677 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3679 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3680 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3682 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3683 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3686 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3687 This should not ever happen. */
3688 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3690 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3692 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3694 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3696 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3700 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3703 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3705 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3707 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3708 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3712 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3713 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3715 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3718 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3719 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3720 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3725 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3727 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3728 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3730 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3732 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3734 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3737 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3739 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3740 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3741 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3747 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3753 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3755 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3756 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3759 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3761 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3763 case bp_shlib_event:
3765 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3766 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3767 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3768 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3769 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3771 (gdb) file prog-linux
3772 (gdb) run # native linux target
3775 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3776 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3779 case bp_step_resume:
3781 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3783 delete_breakpoint (b);
3787 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3788 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3793 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3794 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3795 delete_breakpoint (b);
3796 else if (context == inf_starting)
3798 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3799 insert_breakpoints. */
3801 value_free (w->val);
3812 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3813 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3814 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3815 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3818 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3819 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3820 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3821 match, not program space. */
3823 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3824 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3825 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3826 permanent breakpoint.
3827 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3828 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3829 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3830 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3831 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3833 enum breakpoint_here
3834 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3836 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3837 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3841 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3842 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3845 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3846 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3847 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3848 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3850 if (overlay_debugging
3851 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3852 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3853 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3854 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3855 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3857 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3861 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3864 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3867 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3869 struct bp_location *loc;
3872 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3873 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3879 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3880 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3881 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3882 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3885 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3888 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3892 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3893 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3897 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3899 if (overlay_debugging
3900 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3901 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3902 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3910 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3911 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3914 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3916 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3919 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3925 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3929 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3932 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3934 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3936 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3940 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3943 if (overlay_debugging
3944 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3945 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3946 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3952 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3953 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3960 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3961 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3963 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3967 struct bp_location *loc;
3969 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3970 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3973 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3976 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3977 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3981 /* Check for intersection. */
3982 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3983 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3991 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3992 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3995 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3998 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3999 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4005 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4006 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4009 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4010 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4011 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4014 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4017 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4019 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4020 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4021 it is now time to do so. */
4023 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4024 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4028 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4030 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4031 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4032 it is now time to do so. */
4034 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4035 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4039 if (overlay_debugging
4040 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4041 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4042 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4051 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4055 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4057 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4060 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4064 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4066 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4067 value_free (bs->old_val);
4068 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4069 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4073 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4074 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4077 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4094 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4095 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4098 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4102 bpstat retval = NULL;
4107 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4109 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4110 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4111 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4112 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4113 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4115 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4116 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4120 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4130 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4133 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4138 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4140 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4146 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4148 enum bpstat_signal_value
4149 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4151 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4153 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4155 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4156 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4157 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4159 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4160 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4162 if (newval > result)
4169 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4170 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4171 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4172 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4174 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4175 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4177 Return 1 otherwise. */
4180 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4182 struct breakpoint *b;
4185 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4187 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4188 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4189 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4190 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4191 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4193 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4195 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4199 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4202 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4204 struct thread_info *tp;
4207 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4210 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4214 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4216 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4218 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4220 value_free (bs->old_val);
4226 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4229 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4231 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4233 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4235 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4236 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4237 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4238 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4239 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4243 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4246 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4249 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4251 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4254 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4255 or its equivalent. */
4258 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4260 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4261 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4264 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4265 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4266 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4267 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4269 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4270 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4271 bpstat of the current thread. */
4274 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4277 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4280 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4282 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4285 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4286 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4288 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4290 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4293 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4294 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4296 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4297 struct command_line *cmd;
4298 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4300 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4302 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4303 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4304 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4305 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4306 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4307 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4308 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4309 the tree when we're done. */
4310 ccmd = bs->commands;
4311 bs->commands = NULL;
4312 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4313 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4314 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4316 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4322 execute_control_command (cmd);
4324 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4330 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4331 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4333 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4335 if (target_can_async_p ())
4336 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4337 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4338 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4341 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4342 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4343 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4344 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4345 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4346 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4347 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4348 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4349 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4350 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4351 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4352 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4353 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4358 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4363 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4365 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4367 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4368 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4369 && target_has_execution
4370 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4371 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4372 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4373 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4374 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4375 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4376 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4379 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4382 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4385 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4388 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4391 struct value_print_options opts;
4392 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4393 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4397 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4398 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4399 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4400 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4403 static enum print_stop_action
4404 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4406 switch (bs->print_it)
4409 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4410 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4414 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4415 relevant messages. */
4416 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4419 case print_it_normal:
4421 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4423 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4424 which has since been deleted. */
4426 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4428 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4429 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4434 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4435 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4440 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4443 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4446 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4448 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4452 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4453 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4454 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4456 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4457 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4458 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4461 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4462 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4463 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4467 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4471 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4472 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4475 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4480 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4481 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4485 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4490 struct so_list *iter;
4492 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4494 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4495 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4498 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4503 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4504 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4505 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4508 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4512 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4513 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4514 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4515 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4516 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4517 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4518 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4521 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4522 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4523 code to print the location. An example is
4524 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4526 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4527 to also print the location part of the message.
4528 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4529 don't require a location appended to the end.
4530 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4531 further info to be printed. */
4533 enum print_stop_action
4534 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4538 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4539 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4540 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4541 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4542 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4544 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4545 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4546 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4547 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4551 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4552 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4553 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4554 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4556 print_solib_event (0);
4557 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4560 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4561 with and nothing was printed. */
4562 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4565 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4566 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4567 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4568 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4571 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4573 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4574 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4576 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4580 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4583 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4587 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4589 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4590 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4591 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4592 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4593 incref_bp_location (bl);
4594 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4595 bs->commands = NULL;
4597 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4601 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4602 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4605 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4607 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4609 struct breakpoint *b;
4611 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4613 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4614 as not triggered. */
4616 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4618 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4620 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4626 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4628 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4629 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4631 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4633 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4635 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4638 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4641 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4642 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4646 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4648 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4649 struct bp_location *loc;
4651 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4652 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4654 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4656 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4657 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4659 if (newaddr == start)
4661 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4665 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4666 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4670 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4679 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4680 because of check_errors). */
4681 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4682 #define WP_DELETED 1
4683 /* The value has changed. */
4684 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4685 /* The value has not changed. */
4686 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4687 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4690 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4691 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4693 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4696 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4697 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4700 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4702 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4703 struct watchpoint *b;
4704 struct frame_info *fr;
4705 int within_current_scope;
4707 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4708 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4709 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4711 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4712 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4713 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4714 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4717 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4718 within_current_scope = 1;
4721 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4722 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4723 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4725 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4726 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4727 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4728 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4729 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4730 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4731 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4732 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4733 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4734 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4737 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4738 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4740 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4741 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4742 if (within_current_scope)
4744 struct symbol *function;
4746 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4747 if (function == NULL
4748 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4749 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4750 within_current_scope = 0;
4753 if (within_current_scope)
4754 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4755 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4760 if (within_current_scope)
4762 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4763 time before we return to the command level and call
4764 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4765 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4769 struct value *new_val;
4771 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4772 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4773 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4774 a mask watchpoint. */
4775 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4777 mark = value_mark ();
4778 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4780 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4781 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4782 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4783 not what we want. */
4784 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4785 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4787 if (new_val != NULL)
4789 release_value (new_val);
4790 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4792 bs->old_val = b->val;
4795 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4799 /* Nothing changed. */
4800 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4801 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4806 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4808 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4809 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4810 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4811 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4812 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4813 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4814 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4815 the first value assigned). */
4816 /* We print all the stop information in
4817 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4818 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4819 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4821 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4823 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4824 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4825 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4827 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4828 which its expression is valid.\n");
4830 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4831 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4832 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4838 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4839 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4840 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4843 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4844 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4845 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4847 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4849 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4850 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4852 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4855 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4856 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4859 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4861 const struct bp_location *bl;
4862 struct watchpoint *b;
4864 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4865 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4866 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4867 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4868 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4871 int must_check_value = 0;
4873 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4874 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4876 must_check_value = 1;
4877 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4878 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4879 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4881 must_check_value = 1;
4882 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4883 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4884 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4885 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4886 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4887 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4888 must_check_value = 1;
4890 if (must_check_value)
4893 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4895 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4896 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4898 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4902 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4903 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4907 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4910 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4911 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4913 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4915 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4916 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4917 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4918 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4919 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4920 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4921 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4924 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4925 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4928 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4929 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4930 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4931 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4933 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4934 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4935 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4938 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4939 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4940 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4941 changes. This still gives false positives when
4942 the program writes the same value to memory as
4943 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4944 it for a read), but it's much better than
4947 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4949 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4951 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4954 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4955 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4957 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4958 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4960 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4961 == watch_triggered_yes)
4963 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4969 if (other_write_watchpoint
4970 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4972 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4973 and the value changed since the last time we
4974 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4976 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4981 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4982 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4983 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4985 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4986 the value hasn't changed. */
4987 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4995 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4996 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4997 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4998 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4999 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5003 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5005 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5006 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5007 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5008 anything for this watchpoint. */
5009 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5016 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5017 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5018 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5021 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5023 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5024 const struct bp_location *bl;
5025 struct breakpoint *b;
5027 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5028 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5029 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5030 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5031 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5033 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5034 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5035 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5037 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5038 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5042 int value_is_zero = 0;
5043 struct expression *cond;
5045 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5046 method implemented. */
5047 if (b->py_bp_object)
5048 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5050 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5052 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5059 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5061 int within_current_scope = 1;
5062 struct watchpoint * w;
5064 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5065 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5066 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5067 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5069 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5071 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5072 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5076 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5077 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5078 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5079 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5080 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5082 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5083 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5086 struct frame_info *frame;
5088 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5089 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5090 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5091 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5092 really matter which instantiation of the function
5093 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5094 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5095 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5096 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5097 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5098 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5099 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5100 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5102 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5104 select_frame (frame);
5106 within_current_scope = 0;
5108 if (within_current_scope)
5110 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5111 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5115 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5116 "in the current scope"));
5117 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5118 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5121 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5122 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5125 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5129 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5133 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5137 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5139 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5145 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5146 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5148 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5149 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5152 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5154 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5156 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5157 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5158 several reasons concurrently.)
5160 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5161 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5164 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5165 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5166 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5168 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5169 struct bp_location *bl;
5170 struct bp_location *loc;
5171 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5172 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5173 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5176 int need_remove_insert;
5179 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5180 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5181 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5182 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5183 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5184 inferior function calls. */
5188 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5191 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5193 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5194 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5195 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5196 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5197 checked all locations already. */
5198 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5201 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5204 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5207 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5210 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5213 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5214 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5215 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5219 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5220 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5221 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5223 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5225 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5227 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5232 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5234 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5236 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5237 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5240 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5244 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5245 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5246 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5248 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5250 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5252 handle_solib_event ();
5257 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5258 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5259 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5263 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5268 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5269 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5272 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5277 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5279 /* We will stop here. */
5280 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5282 --(b->enable_count);
5283 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5284 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5285 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5290 bs->commands = b->commands;
5291 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5292 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5293 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5299 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5301 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5302 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5305 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5306 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5307 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5309 need_remove_insert = 0;
5310 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5311 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5313 && bs->breakpoint_at
5314 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5316 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5318 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5319 need_remove_insert = 1;
5322 if (need_remove_insert)
5323 update_global_location_list (1);
5324 else if (removed_any)
5325 update_global_location_list (0);
5331 handle_jit_event (void)
5333 struct frame_info *frame;
5334 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5336 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5337 breakpoint_re_set. */
5338 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5340 frame = get_current_frame ();
5341 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5343 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5345 target_terminal_inferior ();
5348 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5351 handle_solib_event (void)
5353 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5355 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5356 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5357 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5358 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5360 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5362 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5364 target_terminal_inferior ();
5367 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5369 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5372 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5374 struct bpstat_what retval;
5378 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5379 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5380 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5382 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5384 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5385 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5386 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5389 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5391 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5392 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5396 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5403 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5406 case bp_shlib_event:
5410 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5412 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5415 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5419 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5420 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5424 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5426 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5430 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5431 This requires no further action. */
5435 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5437 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5438 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5440 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5441 case bp_exception_resume:
5442 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5443 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5445 case bp_step_resume:
5447 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5450 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5451 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5454 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5459 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5460 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5463 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5464 case bp_thread_event:
5465 case bp_overlay_event:
5466 case bp_longjmp_master:
5467 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5468 case bp_exception_master:
5469 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5475 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5481 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5482 This requires no further action. */
5487 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5490 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5491 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5492 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5493 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5495 case bp_std_terminate:
5496 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5497 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5498 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5502 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5503 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5504 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5505 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5507 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5508 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5510 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5511 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5512 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5515 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5516 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5521 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5525 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5526 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5529 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5532 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5533 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5538 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5540 handle_jit_event ();
5543 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5545 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5551 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5552 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5554 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5555 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5563 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5564 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5565 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5568 bpstat_should_step (void)
5570 struct breakpoint *b;
5573 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5579 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5581 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5590 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5591 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5592 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5595 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5597 static char wrap_indent[80];
5598 int i, total_width, width, align;
5602 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5604 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5606 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5607 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5608 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5613 total_width += width + 1;
5619 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5620 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5622 "host": Host evals condition.
5623 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5624 "target": Target evals condition.
5628 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5630 struct bp_location *bl;
5631 char host_evals = 0;
5632 char target_evals = 0;
5637 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5640 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5641 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5642 return condition_evaluation_host;
5644 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5646 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5652 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5653 return condition_evaluation_both;
5654 else if (target_evals)
5655 return condition_evaluation_target;
5657 return condition_evaluation_host;
5660 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5661 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5664 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5666 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5669 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5670 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5671 return condition_evaluation_host;
5673 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5674 return condition_evaluation_target;
5676 return condition_evaluation_host;
5679 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5682 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5683 struct bp_location *loc)
5685 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5686 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5688 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5692 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5694 if (b->display_canonical)
5695 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5696 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5699 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5702 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5703 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5704 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5705 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5706 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5709 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5710 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5711 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5715 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5717 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5721 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5722 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5724 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5726 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5728 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5733 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5734 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5735 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5737 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5738 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5739 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5740 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5743 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5747 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5749 struct ep_type_description
5754 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5756 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5757 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5758 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5759 {bp_until, "until"},
5760 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5761 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5762 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5763 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5766 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5767 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5768 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5769 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5770 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5771 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5772 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5773 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5774 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5775 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5776 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5777 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5778 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5779 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5780 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5781 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5782 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5783 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5784 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5786 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5788 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5791 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5792 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5793 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5794 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5797 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5802 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5803 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5806 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5807 const char *field_name,
5811 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5813 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5817 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5818 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5819 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5822 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5828 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5829 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5834 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5836 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5838 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5842 do_cleanups (back_to);
5845 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5848 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5849 struct bp_location *loc,
5851 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5854 struct command_line *l;
5855 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5857 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5858 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5859 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5860 struct value_print_options opts;
5862 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5864 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5865 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5866 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5869 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5870 header_of_multiple = 1;
5878 if (part_of_multiple)
5881 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5882 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5887 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5892 if (part_of_multiple)
5893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5899 if (part_of_multiple)
5900 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5902 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5907 if (part_of_multiple)
5908 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5910 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5911 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5912 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5916 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5918 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5919 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5920 make sure there's just one location. */
5921 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5922 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5928 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5929 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5933 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5934 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5935 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5937 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5939 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5940 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5941 is relatively readable). */
5942 if (opts.addressprint)
5943 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5945 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5950 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5954 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5955 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5957 case bp_exception_resume:
5958 case bp_step_resume:
5959 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5960 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5962 case bp_std_terminate:
5963 case bp_shlib_event:
5964 case bp_thread_event:
5965 case bp_overlay_event:
5966 case bp_longjmp_master:
5967 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5968 case bp_exception_master:
5970 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5971 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5974 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5976 if (opts.addressprint)
5979 if (header_of_multiple)
5980 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5981 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5984 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5985 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5988 if (!header_of_multiple)
5989 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5996 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
5998 struct inferior *inf;
5999 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6004 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6005 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6008 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6009 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6011 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6012 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6013 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6014 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6015 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6016 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6018 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6019 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6022 if (!part_of_multiple)
6024 if (b->thread != -1)
6026 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6027 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6028 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6029 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6031 else if (b->task != 0)
6033 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6040 if (!part_of_multiple)
6041 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6043 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6046 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6047 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6049 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6050 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6051 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6054 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6057 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6060 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6061 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6063 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6064 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6065 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6066 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6067 == condition_evaluation_target)
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6070 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6071 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6072 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6074 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6077 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6079 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6080 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6081 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6085 if (!part_of_multiple)
6089 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6090 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6091 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6092 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6093 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6095 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6096 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6097 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6098 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6099 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6101 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6105 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6106 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6107 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6111 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6114 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6115 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6116 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6119 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6120 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6121 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6122 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6125 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6126 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6127 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6128 if (b->ignore_count)
6129 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6131 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6132 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6136 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6138 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6140 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6142 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6143 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6144 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6148 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6149 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6151 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6154 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6155 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6156 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6159 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6161 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6163 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6165 annotate_field (10);
6166 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6167 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6168 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6171 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6173 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6175 annotate_field (11);
6177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6178 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6179 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6183 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6185 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6186 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6191 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6193 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6195 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6197 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6199 else if (b->addr_string)
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6205 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6206 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6209 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6210 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6212 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6214 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6215 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6217 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6218 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6219 locations, if any. */
6220 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6222 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6223 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6224 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6227 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6228 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6230 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6231 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6233 struct bp_location *loc;
6236 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6238 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6239 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6240 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6241 do_cleanups (inner2);
6248 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6250 int print_address_bits = 0;
6251 struct bp_location *loc;
6253 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6257 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6258 an address to print. */
6259 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6262 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6263 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6264 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6267 return print_address_bits;
6270 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6276 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6278 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6279 struct breakpoint *b;
6280 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6284 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6286 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6294 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6295 char **error_message)
6297 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6300 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6302 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6303 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6309 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6310 internal or momentary. */
6313 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6315 return b->number > 0;
6318 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6319 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6320 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6321 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6322 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6323 breakpoints listed. */
6326 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6327 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6329 struct breakpoint *b;
6330 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6331 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6332 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6333 struct value_print_options opts;
6334 int print_address_bits = 0;
6335 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6336 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6338 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6340 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6341 required for address fields. */
6342 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6345 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6346 if (filter && !filter (b))
6349 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6350 accept. Skip the others. */
6351 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6353 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6355 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6359 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6361 int addr_bit, type_len;
6363 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6364 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6365 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6367 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6368 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6369 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6371 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6375 if (opts.addressprint)
6377 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6378 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6382 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6383 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6386 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6387 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6388 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6390 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6391 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6393 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6394 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6395 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6397 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6398 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6400 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6401 if (opts.addressprint)
6403 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6405 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6406 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6407 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6409 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6410 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6412 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6414 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6415 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6416 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6417 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6422 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6423 if (filter && !filter (b))
6426 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6427 accept. Skip the others. */
6429 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6431 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6433 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6436 else /* all others */
6438 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6442 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6444 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6445 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6448 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6450 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6452 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6456 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6457 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6459 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6460 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6466 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6467 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6470 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6471 there have been breakpoints? */
6472 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6474 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6477 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6478 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6481 default_collect_info (void)
6483 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6485 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6486 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6488 if (!*default_collect)
6491 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6493 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6494 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6495 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6499 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6501 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6503 default_collect_info ();
6507 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6509 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6510 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6512 if (num_printed == 0)
6514 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6515 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6517 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6522 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6524 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6526 default_collect_info ();
6530 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6531 struct program_space *pspace,
6532 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6534 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6536 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6538 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6539 && bl->address == pc
6540 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6546 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6547 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6551 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6552 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6553 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6556 struct breakpoint *b;
6559 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6560 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6564 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6565 else /* if (others == ???) */
6566 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6568 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6571 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6572 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6573 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6574 else if (b->thread != -1)
6575 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6576 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6577 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6578 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6580 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6584 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6586 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6587 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6588 printf_filtered (".\n");
6593 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6594 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6595 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6596 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6598 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6599 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6600 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6601 breakpoint at address zero:
6609 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6611 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6613 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6616 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6617 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6620 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6621 struct bp_location *loc2)
6623 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6624 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6626 /* Both of them must exist. */
6627 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6628 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6630 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6631 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6632 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6633 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6634 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6635 other watchpoint. */
6637 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6639 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6642 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6644 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6648 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6649 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6650 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6651 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6652 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6653 become hw_access locations later. */
6654 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6655 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6656 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6657 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6660 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6661 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6662 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6663 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6666 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6667 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6669 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6670 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6674 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6675 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6676 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6677 space doesn't really matter. */
6680 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6681 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6684 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6685 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6686 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6689 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6690 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6691 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6692 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6695 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6696 struct address_space *aspace,
6699 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6702 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6703 bl->address, bl->length,
6707 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6708 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6709 true, otherwise returns false. */
6712 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6713 struct bp_location *loc2)
6715 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6716 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6717 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6718 different locations. */
6719 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6724 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6725 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6726 represent the same location. */
6729 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6730 struct bp_location *loc2)
6732 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6734 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6735 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6736 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6738 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6739 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6741 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6744 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6745 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6746 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6748 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6749 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6750 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6751 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6755 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6756 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6758 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6759 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6763 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6764 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6766 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6767 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6769 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6772 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6773 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6774 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6775 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6778 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6779 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6781 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6783 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6786 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6787 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6788 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6789 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6790 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6792 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6793 have their addresses modified. */
6798 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6800 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6801 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6802 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6804 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6805 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6807 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6808 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6810 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6815 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6816 struct breakpoint *owner)
6818 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6820 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6825 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6826 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6829 switch (owner->type)
6835 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6836 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6838 case bp_exception_resume:
6839 case bp_step_resume:
6840 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6841 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6843 case bp_std_terminate:
6844 case bp_shlib_event:
6845 case bp_thread_event:
6846 case bp_overlay_event:
6848 case bp_longjmp_master:
6849 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6850 case bp_exception_master:
6851 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6854 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6855 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6857 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6858 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6859 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6861 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6862 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6863 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6864 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6869 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6870 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6871 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6874 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6880 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6882 static struct bp_location *
6883 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6885 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6889 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6891 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6895 /* Increment reference count. */
6898 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6903 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6904 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6907 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6909 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6911 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6912 free_bp_location (*blp);
6916 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6919 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6921 struct breakpoint *b1;
6923 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6924 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6926 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6928 breakpoint_chain = b;
6937 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6940 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6941 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6943 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6945 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6947 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6951 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6952 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6953 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6955 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6958 b->ignore_count = 0;
6960 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6961 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6962 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6963 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6966 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6967 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6969 static struct breakpoint *
6970 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6972 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6974 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6976 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6977 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6981 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6982 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6986 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6988 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6990 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6991 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6992 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6995 const char *function_name;
6996 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6998 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6999 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7001 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7003 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7005 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7006 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7007 &loc->requested_address))
7009 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7010 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7011 loc->requested_address,
7014 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7015 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7017 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7018 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7019 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7020 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7022 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7027 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7031 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7033 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7036 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7038 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7043 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7044 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7045 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7047 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7048 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7049 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7052 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7053 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7054 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7056 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7058 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7060 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7061 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7063 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7064 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7066 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7067 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7070 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7071 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7072 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7073 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7074 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7075 is also returned as the value of this function.
7077 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7078 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7079 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7080 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7081 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7082 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7083 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7086 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7087 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7088 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7090 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7092 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7093 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7098 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7099 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7101 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7103 struct bp_location *bl;
7105 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7107 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7108 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7109 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7110 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7111 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7112 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7116 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7117 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7118 initiated the operation. */
7121 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7123 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7124 int thread = tp->num;
7126 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7127 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7128 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7129 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7131 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7132 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7133 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7135 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7136 struct breakpoint *clone;
7138 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7139 after their removal. */
7140 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7141 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7142 clone->thread = thread;
7145 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7148 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7150 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7152 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7154 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7155 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7157 if (b->thread == thread)
7158 delete_breakpoint (b);
7163 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7165 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7167 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7168 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7170 if (b->thread == thread)
7171 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7175 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7176 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7177 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7181 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7183 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7186 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7188 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7190 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7191 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7192 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7194 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7196 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7199 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7200 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7201 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7202 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7208 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7209 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7212 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7213 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7217 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7219 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7221 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7222 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7224 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7226 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7227 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7228 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7229 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7232 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7234 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7236 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7237 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7238 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7240 delete_breakpoint (b);
7245 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7247 struct breakpoint *b;
7250 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7252 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7253 update_global_location_list (1);
7254 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7259 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7261 struct breakpoint *b;
7264 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7266 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7267 update_global_location_list (0);
7268 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7272 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7273 master breakpoint. */
7275 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7277 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7280 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7281 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7283 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7284 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7288 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7290 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7292 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7294 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7295 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7296 delete_breakpoint (b);
7300 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7302 struct breakpoint *b;
7304 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7305 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7307 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7308 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7310 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7312 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7318 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7320 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7322 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7323 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7324 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7325 delete_breakpoint (b);
7328 struct lang_and_radix
7334 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7337 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7339 struct breakpoint *b;
7341 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7342 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7343 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7347 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7350 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7352 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7354 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7355 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7356 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7357 delete_breakpoint (b);
7361 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7363 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7366 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7367 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7368 delete_breakpoint (b);
7372 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7374 struct breakpoint *b;
7376 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7377 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7378 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7382 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7383 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7386 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7388 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7390 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7392 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7393 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7395 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7396 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7397 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7398 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7399 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7400 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7401 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7402 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7403 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7404 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7405 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7407 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7409 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7413 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7418 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7419 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7423 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7425 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7426 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7428 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7429 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7430 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7431 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7432 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7433 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7436 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7438 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7439 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7441 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7442 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7443 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7444 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7445 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7446 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7447 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7448 || is_tracepoint (b))
7449 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7451 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7452 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7453 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7454 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7457 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7458 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7460 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7462 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7463 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7464 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7467 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7472 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7474 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7475 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7476 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7477 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7478 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7480 struct fork_catchpoint
7482 /* The base class. */
7483 struct breakpoint base;
7485 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7486 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7487 catchpoint has triggered. */
7488 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7491 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7495 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7497 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7500 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7504 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7506 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7509 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7513 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7514 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7515 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7517 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7519 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7522 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7526 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7529 static enum print_stop_action
7530 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7532 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7533 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7534 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7536 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7537 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7543 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7544 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7545 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7547 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7548 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7549 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7550 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7551 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7554 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7558 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7560 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7561 struct value_print_options opts;
7562 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7564 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7566 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7567 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7569 if (opts.addressprint)
7570 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7572 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7573 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7575 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7576 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7577 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7578 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7582 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7585 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7589 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7591 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7594 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7598 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7601 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7604 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7606 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7608 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7612 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7614 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7617 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7621 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7623 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7626 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7630 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7631 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7632 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7634 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7636 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7639 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7643 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7646 static enum print_stop_action
7647 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7649 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7650 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7651 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7653 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7654 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7655 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7658 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7660 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7661 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7664 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7665 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7666 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7667 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7668 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7671 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7675 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7677 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7678 struct value_print_options opts;
7679 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7681 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7682 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7683 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7685 if (opts.addressprint)
7686 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7688 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7689 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7691 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7692 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7693 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7694 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7697 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7701 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7705 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7707 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7710 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7714 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7717 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7720 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7722 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7724 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7725 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7726 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7727 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7728 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7730 struct solib_catchpoint
7732 /* The base class. */
7733 struct breakpoint base;
7735 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7736 unsigned char is_load;
7738 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7739 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7745 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7747 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7750 regfree (&self->compiled);
7751 xfree (self->regex);
7753 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7757 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7763 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7769 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7770 struct address_space *aspace,
7772 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7774 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7775 struct breakpoint *other;
7777 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7782 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7784 if (other == bl->owner)
7787 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7790 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7793 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7795 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7804 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7806 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7807 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7812 struct so_list *iter;
7815 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7820 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7829 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7834 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7840 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7843 static enum print_stop_action
7844 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7846 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7847 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7849 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7850 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7851 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7853 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7854 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7855 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7856 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7857 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7858 print_solib_event (1);
7859 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7863 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7865 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7866 struct value_print_options opts;
7867 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7870 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7871 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7872 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7874 if (opts.addressprint)
7877 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7884 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7886 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7891 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7893 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7898 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7899 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7900 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7904 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7906 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7908 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7909 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7913 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7915 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7918 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7919 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7925 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7927 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7928 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7929 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7930 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7931 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7932 created in an enabled state. */
7935 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7937 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7938 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7939 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7943 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7945 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7946 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7952 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7955 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7957 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7958 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7960 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7963 c->is_load = is_load;
7964 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7965 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7967 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7969 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7970 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7973 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7977 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7978 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7981 const int enabled = 1;
7983 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7985 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7989 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7990 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7992 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7996 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7997 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7999 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8002 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8003 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8004 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8005 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8006 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8008 struct syscall_catchpoint
8010 /* The base class. */
8011 struct breakpoint base;
8013 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8014 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8015 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8016 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8017 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8020 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8024 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8026 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8028 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8030 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8033 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8035 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8037 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8038 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8039 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8041 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8042 int any_syscall_count;
8044 /* Count of each system call. */
8045 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8047 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8048 if any catching is necessary. */
8049 int total_syscalls_count;
8052 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8053 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8055 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8057 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8058 if (inf_data == NULL)
8060 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8061 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8068 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8074 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8078 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8080 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8081 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8082 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8083 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8085 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8086 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8087 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8093 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8098 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8100 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8101 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8102 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8104 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8105 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8106 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8108 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8109 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8111 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8112 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8116 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8117 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8118 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8120 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8122 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8125 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8129 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8131 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8132 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8133 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8134 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8136 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8137 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8138 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8144 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8148 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8149 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8151 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8152 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8156 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8157 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8158 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8160 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8162 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8165 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8169 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8170 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8171 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8173 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8174 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8175 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8176 int syscall_number = 0;
8177 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8178 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8180 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8181 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8184 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8186 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8187 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8192 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8194 if (syscall_number == iter)
8204 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8207 static enum print_stop_action
8208 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8210 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8211 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8212 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8213 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8214 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8215 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8217 struct target_waitstatus last;
8220 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8222 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8224 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8226 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8227 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8229 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8230 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8232 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8233 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8234 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8235 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8236 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8238 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8240 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8241 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8243 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8245 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8246 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8248 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8250 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8255 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8259 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8260 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8262 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8263 struct value_print_options opts;
8264 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8266 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8267 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8268 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8270 if (opts.addressprint)
8271 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8274 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8275 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8276 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8278 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8280 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8283 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8286 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8291 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8294 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8296 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8298 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8299 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8303 /* Remove the last comma. */
8304 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8305 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8308 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8309 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8311 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8312 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8315 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8319 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8321 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8323 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8327 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8328 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8333 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8337 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8340 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8342 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8344 printf_filtered (")");
8347 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8351 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8355 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8357 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8359 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8361 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8366 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8371 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8378 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8381 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8383 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8385 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8388 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8390 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8393 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8394 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8395 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8396 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8399 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8400 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8402 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8404 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8407 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8409 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8411 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8412 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8416 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8418 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8419 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8420 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8421 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8424 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8427 update_global_location_list (1);
8431 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8432 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8433 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8435 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8437 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8439 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8441 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8444 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8446 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8447 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8448 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8449 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8450 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8452 struct exec_catchpoint
8454 /* The base class. */
8455 struct breakpoint base;
8457 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8458 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8460 char *exec_pathname;
8463 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8467 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8469 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8471 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8473 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8477 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8479 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8483 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8485 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8489 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8490 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8491 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8493 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8495 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8498 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8502 static enum print_stop_action
8503 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8505 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8506 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8507 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8509 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8510 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8511 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8513 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8514 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8516 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8517 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8520 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8521 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8523 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8525 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8529 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8531 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8532 struct value_print_options opts;
8533 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8535 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8537 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8538 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8539 is relatively readable). */
8540 if (opts.addressprint)
8541 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8543 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8544 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8546 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8552 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8556 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8558 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8561 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8565 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8567 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8568 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8571 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8574 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8575 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8577 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8578 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8580 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8581 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8582 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8584 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8588 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8591 struct breakpoint *b;
8592 struct bp_location *bl;
8596 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8597 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8599 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8601 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8608 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8612 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8615 struct bp_location *bl;
8617 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8620 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8622 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8624 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8630 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8631 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8632 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8633 types _not_ TYPE. */
8636 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8637 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8640 struct breakpoint *b;
8642 *other_type_used = 0;
8647 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8650 if (b->type == type)
8651 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8652 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8653 *other_type_used = 1;
8660 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8662 struct breakpoint *b;
8666 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8668 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8669 update_global_location_list (0);
8675 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8677 struct breakpoint *b;
8681 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8683 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8684 update_global_location_list (1);
8690 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8692 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8693 update_global_location_list (0);
8697 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8699 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8700 breakpoint_re_set ();
8704 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8705 at address specified by SAL.
8706 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8709 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8710 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8712 struct breakpoint *b;
8714 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8716 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8718 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8719 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8720 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8721 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8723 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8724 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8726 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8727 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8729 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8734 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8735 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8738 static struct breakpoint *
8739 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8741 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8743 struct breakpoint *copy;
8745 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8746 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8747 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8749 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8750 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8751 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8752 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8753 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8754 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8755 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8756 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8757 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8758 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8759 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8761 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8762 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8763 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8765 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8769 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8773 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8775 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8779 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8783 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8786 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8788 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8790 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8791 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8793 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8797 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8800 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8802 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8803 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8805 printf_filtered ("\n");
8809 static struct bp_location *
8810 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8811 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8813 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8814 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8815 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8817 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8818 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8820 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8821 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8822 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8823 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8824 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8825 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8826 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8829 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8830 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8831 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8832 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8837 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8838 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8839 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8840 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8841 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8842 loc->section = sal->section;
8843 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8844 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8845 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8847 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8848 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8853 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8854 return 0 otherwise. */
8857 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8861 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8862 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8863 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8866 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8868 addr = loc->address;
8869 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8871 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8875 target_mem = alloca (len);
8877 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8878 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8879 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8880 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8882 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8883 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8885 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8886 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8889 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8894 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8895 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8898 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8900 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8901 char *printf_line = NULL;
8906 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8908 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8910 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8912 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8914 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8915 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8917 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8918 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8919 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8921 if (!dprintf_function)
8922 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8924 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8925 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8930 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8934 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8936 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8937 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8940 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8941 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8945 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8946 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8948 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8949 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8951 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8953 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8955 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8956 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8957 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8958 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8959 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8960 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8963 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8964 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8965 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8966 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8967 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8968 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8970 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8974 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8975 current style settings. */
8978 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8979 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8981 struct breakpoint *b;
8985 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8986 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8990 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8991 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8992 as condition expression. */
8995 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8996 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8997 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8999 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9000 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9001 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9002 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9003 int display_canonical)
9007 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9009 int target_resources_ok;
9011 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9012 target_resources_ok =
9013 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9015 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9016 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9017 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9018 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9021 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9023 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9025 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9026 struct bp_location *loc;
9030 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9032 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9034 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9035 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9040 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9044 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9045 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9046 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9047 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9048 b->disposition = disposition;
9050 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9051 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9053 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9055 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9056 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9058 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9060 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9061 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9062 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9066 p = skip_spaces (p);
9068 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9070 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9071 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9073 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9075 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9077 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9079 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9080 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9082 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9084 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9087 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9088 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9095 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9096 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9100 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9101 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9105 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9107 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9108 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9110 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9113 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9114 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9115 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9117 if (b->extra_string)
9118 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9120 error (_("Format string required"));
9122 else if (b->extra_string)
9123 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9126 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9128 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9130 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9133 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9138 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9139 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9140 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9142 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9143 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9144 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9145 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9146 int display_canonical)
9148 struct breakpoint *b;
9149 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9151 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9153 struct tracepoint *t;
9155 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9159 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9161 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9163 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9165 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9167 thread, task, ignore_count,
9169 enabled, internal, flags,
9171 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9173 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9176 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9177 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9178 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9179 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9180 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9181 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9182 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9183 we take just a single condition string.
9185 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9186 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9187 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9188 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9189 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9192 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9193 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9194 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9195 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9196 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9197 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9198 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9201 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9203 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9204 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9206 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9208 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9209 'break', without arguments. */
9210 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9211 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9213 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9214 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9216 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9217 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9220 cond_string, extra_string,
9222 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9223 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9224 canonical->special_display);
9225 discard_cleanups (inner);
9229 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9230 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9231 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9232 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9234 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9235 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9238 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9239 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9241 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9243 if ((*address) == NULL
9244 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9246 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9248 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9250 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9251 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9254 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9255 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9256 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9258 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9259 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9260 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9261 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9262 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9263 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9265 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9267 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9268 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9269 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9270 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9271 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9273 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9275 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9276 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9277 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9279 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9282 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9286 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9288 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9289 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9290 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9291 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9293 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9294 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9295 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9297 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9298 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9299 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9300 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9301 get_last_displayed_line (),
9302 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9304 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9305 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9310 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9311 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9314 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9318 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9319 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9322 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9323 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9324 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9325 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9326 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9330 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9331 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9334 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9338 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9340 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9342 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9344 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9345 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9346 associated with SAL. */
9349 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9351 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9354 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9355 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9357 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9361 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9363 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9364 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9366 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9369 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9370 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9371 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9372 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9373 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9374 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9377 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9378 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9381 *cond_string = NULL;
9388 const char *end_tok;
9390 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9391 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9393 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9395 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9397 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9401 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9403 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9405 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9407 struct expression *expr;
9409 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9410 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9413 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9415 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9420 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9422 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9423 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9424 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9427 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9432 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9434 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9435 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9436 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9441 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9445 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9449 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9451 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9452 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9454 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9455 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9456 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9457 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9462 p = skip_spaces (p);
9464 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9466 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9467 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9469 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9470 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9471 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9473 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9474 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9476 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9478 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9480 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9482 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9484 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9485 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9487 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9490 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9496 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9497 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9498 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9499 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9500 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9501 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9502 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9503 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9504 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9508 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9509 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9510 int thread, char *extra_string,
9511 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9512 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9514 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9515 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9516 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9519 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9520 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9521 char *addr_start = arg;
9522 struct linespec_result canonical;
9523 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9524 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9527 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9529 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9531 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9533 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9535 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9536 addr_start, ©_arg);
9539 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9543 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9549 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9551 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9554 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9555 throw_exception (e);
9557 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9559 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9560 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9561 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9562 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9563 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9566 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9567 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9568 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9569 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9571 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9573 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9574 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9575 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9576 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9577 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9579 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9583 throw_exception (e);
9587 throw_exception (e);
9590 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9591 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9593 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9594 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9595 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9596 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9597 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9599 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9600 are ok for the target. */
9604 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9606 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9607 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9610 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9611 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9614 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9616 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9617 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9620 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9621 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9625 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9627 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9629 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9632 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9633 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9634 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9635 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9637 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9638 &thread, &task, &rest);
9640 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9642 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9644 extra_string = rest;
9648 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9651 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9652 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9654 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9657 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9658 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9662 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9663 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9664 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9665 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9666 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9670 struct breakpoint *b;
9672 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9674 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9676 struct tracepoint *t;
9678 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9682 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9684 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9686 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9687 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9688 b->cond_string = NULL;
9691 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9694 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9695 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9697 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9699 b->extra_string = NULL;
9700 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9701 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9702 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9703 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9704 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9705 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9706 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9708 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9711 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9713 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9714 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9715 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9718 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9720 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9721 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9722 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9724 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9725 update_global_location_list (1);
9730 /* Set a breakpoint.
9731 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9732 condition, and thread.
9733 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9734 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9738 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9740 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9741 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9742 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9744 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9745 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9747 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9748 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9749 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9751 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9753 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9755 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9756 tempflag, type_wanted,
9757 0 /* Ignore count */,
9758 pending_break_support,
9766 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9769 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9773 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9775 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9776 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9777 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9780 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9781 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9782 if (sal->explicit_line)
9783 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9786 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9788 struct blockvector *bv;
9792 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9795 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9798 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9799 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9803 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9804 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9805 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9806 happen in assembly source). */
9808 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9809 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9811 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9813 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9815 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9817 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9824 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9826 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9830 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9832 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9836 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9838 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9842 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9844 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9848 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9850 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9851 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9852 stop at <line>\n"));
9856 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9860 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9862 else if (*arg != '*')
9867 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9868 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9869 function/method name. */
9870 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9872 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9877 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9879 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9883 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9885 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9889 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9893 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9900 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9901 it is probably a line number. */
9902 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9904 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9909 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9911 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9915 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9917 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9920 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9921 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9922 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9926 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9928 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9930 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9932 0 /* Ignore count */,
9933 pending_break_support,
9934 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9942 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9944 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9947 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9948 ranged breakpoints. */
9951 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9952 struct address_space *aspace,
9954 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9956 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9957 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9960 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9961 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9964 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9965 ranged breakpoints. */
9968 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9970 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9973 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9974 ranged breakpoints. */
9976 static enum print_stop_action
9977 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9979 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9980 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9981 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9983 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9985 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9986 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9988 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9989 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9993 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9995 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9996 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9997 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9999 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10000 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10002 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10005 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10006 ranged breakpoints. */
10009 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10010 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10012 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10013 struct value_print_options opts;
10014 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10016 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10017 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10019 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10021 if (opts.addressprint)
10022 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10023 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10024 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10025 annotate_field (5);
10026 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10030 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10031 ranged breakpoints. */
10034 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10035 struct ui_out *uiout)
10037 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10038 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10039 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10040 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10044 address_start = bl->address;
10045 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10048 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10049 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10050 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10051 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10054 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10057 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10058 ranged breakpoints. */
10061 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10063 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10064 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10067 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10069 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10072 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10073 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10074 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10077 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10078 ranged breakpoints. */
10081 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10084 b->addr_string_range_end);
10085 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10088 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10090 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10092 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10093 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10094 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10095 last instruction of the given line. */
10098 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10102 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10103 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10104 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10111 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10113 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10115 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10122 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10125 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10127 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10128 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10129 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10131 struct breakpoint *b;
10132 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10133 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10134 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10136 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10137 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10138 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10140 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10141 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10142 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10144 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10145 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10147 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10148 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10149 error(_("No address range specified."));
10151 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10154 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10156 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10159 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10160 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10161 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10163 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10165 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10166 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10167 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10169 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10170 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10171 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10173 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10174 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10176 /* Parse the end location. */
10178 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10181 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10182 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10183 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10184 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10185 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10186 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10187 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10188 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10190 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10192 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10193 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10195 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10196 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10197 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10198 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10200 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10201 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10202 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10204 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10205 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10206 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10208 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10210 /* Length overflowed. */
10211 error (_("Address range too large."));
10212 else if (length == 1)
10214 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10215 the `hbreak' command. */
10216 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10218 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10223 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10224 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10225 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10226 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10227 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10228 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10229 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10230 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10231 b->loc->length = length;
10233 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10236 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10237 update_global_location_list (1);
10240 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10241 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10242 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10246 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10248 int i = exp->nelts;
10254 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10255 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10258 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10268 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10269 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10270 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10271 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10272 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10274 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10302 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10305 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10306 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10311 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10312 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10313 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10314 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10315 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10316 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10317 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10319 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10320 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10325 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10327 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10328 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10329 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10330 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10332 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10333 are always constant. */
10335 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10337 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10338 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10339 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10344 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10345 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10346 then it is not a constant. */
10355 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10358 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10360 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10362 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10364 xfree (w->exp_string);
10365 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10366 value_free (w->val);
10368 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10371 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10374 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10376 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10378 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10379 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10381 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10382 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10383 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10384 are loaded and unloaded.
10386 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10387 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10388 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10389 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10390 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10391 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10393 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10394 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10395 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10396 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10398 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10399 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10401 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10402 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10403 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10406 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10409 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10411 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10412 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10414 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10418 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10421 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10423 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10424 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10426 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10431 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10432 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10433 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10435 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10436 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10438 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10439 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10440 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10441 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10442 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10443 (did not match the data address). */
10444 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10445 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10452 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10454 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10456 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10459 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10460 hardware watchpoints. */
10463 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10465 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10466 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10468 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10471 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10472 hardware watchpoints. */
10475 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10477 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10478 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10481 static enum print_stop_action
10482 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10484 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10485 struct breakpoint *b;
10486 struct ui_file *stb;
10487 enum print_stop_action result;
10488 struct watchpoint *w;
10489 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10491 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10493 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10494 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10496 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10497 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10501 case bp_watchpoint:
10502 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10503 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10504 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10505 ui_out_field_string
10507 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10509 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10510 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10511 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10512 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10513 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10514 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10515 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10516 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10517 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10518 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10521 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10522 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10523 ui_out_field_string
10525 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10527 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10528 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10529 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10530 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10531 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10532 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10535 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10536 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10538 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10539 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10540 ui_out_field_string
10542 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10544 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10545 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10546 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10547 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10553 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10554 ui_out_field_string
10556 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10557 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10558 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10560 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10561 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10562 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10563 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10566 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10569 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10573 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10577 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10579 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10580 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10581 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10585 case bp_watchpoint:
10586 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10587 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10589 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10590 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10591 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10593 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10594 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10595 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10597 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10598 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10599 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10602 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10603 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10606 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10607 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10608 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10609 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10612 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10616 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10618 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10622 case bp_watchpoint:
10623 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10624 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10626 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10627 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10629 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10633 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10634 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10638 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10641 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10643 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10645 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10646 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10649 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10651 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10653 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10654 bl->watchpoint_type);
10657 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10658 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10661 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10663 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10665 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10666 bl->watchpoint_type);
10669 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10670 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10673 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10675 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10677 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10680 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10681 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10684 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10689 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10690 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10692 static enum print_stop_action
10693 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10695 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10696 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10698 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10699 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10703 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10704 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10705 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10706 ui_out_field_string
10708 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10711 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10712 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10713 ui_out_field_string
10715 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10718 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10720 ui_out_field_string
10722 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10725 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10726 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10730 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10731 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10732 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10733 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10735 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10736 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10739 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10740 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10743 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10744 struct ui_out *uiout)
10746 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10748 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10749 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10751 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10752 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10753 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10756 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10757 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10760 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10762 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10763 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10764 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10768 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10769 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10770 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10772 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10773 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10774 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10776 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10777 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10778 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10781 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10782 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10785 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10786 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10787 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10788 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10791 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10792 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10795 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10797 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10802 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10803 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10805 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10808 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10812 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10813 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10816 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10818 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10821 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10823 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10825 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10828 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10830 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10833 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10834 hw_read: watch read,
10835 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10837 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10838 int just_location, int internal)
10840 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10841 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10842 struct expression *exp;
10843 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10844 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10845 struct frame_info *frame;
10846 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10847 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10848 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10850 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10851 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10852 enum bptype bp_type;
10855 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10856 the hardware watchpoint. */
10858 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10859 struct watchpoint *w;
10861 struct cleanup *back_to;
10863 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10864 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10866 const char *value_start;
10868 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10870 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10871 of the arguments string. */
10872 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10874 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10875 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10878 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10879 This is the value of the parameter. */
10880 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10882 value_start = tok + 1;
10884 /* Skip whitespace. */
10885 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10890 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10891 This is the parameter itself. */
10892 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10895 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10897 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10899 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10900 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10901 only in a specific thread. */
10905 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10907 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10908 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10910 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10912 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10913 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10915 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10916 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10917 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10919 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10921 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10922 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10924 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10927 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10929 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10931 mark = value_mark ();
10932 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10933 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10934 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10937 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10940 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10941 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10948 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10949 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10951 innermost_block = NULL;
10952 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
10953 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
10954 exp_start = arg = expression;
10955 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10957 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10958 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10960 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10963 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10964 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10968 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10969 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10971 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10974 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10975 mark = value_mark ();
10976 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10982 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10983 val = value_addr (result);
10984 release_value (val);
10985 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10989 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10992 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10993 else if (ret == -2)
10994 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10997 else if (val != NULL)
10998 release_value (val);
11000 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11001 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11003 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11004 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11006 struct expression *cond;
11008 innermost_block = NULL;
11009 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11010 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11012 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11013 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11014 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11020 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11022 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11023 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11024 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11025 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11027 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11029 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11031 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11032 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11033 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11034 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11035 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11037 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11040 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11041 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11042 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11043 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11045 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11047 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11048 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11050 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11051 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11053 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11054 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11055 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11056 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11057 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11058 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11059 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11060 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11061 scope_breakpoint->type);
11065 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11067 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11070 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11071 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11073 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11074 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11075 b->thread = thread;
11076 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11077 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11079 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11080 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11083 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11084 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11087 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11088 name = type_to_string (t);
11090 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11091 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11094 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11095 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11097 /* The above expression is in C. */
11098 b->language = language_c;
11101 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11105 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11114 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11116 b->cond_string = 0;
11120 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11121 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11125 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11126 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11129 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11131 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11132 need to act on them together. */
11133 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11134 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11137 if (!just_location)
11138 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11140 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11142 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11143 that should be inserted. */
11144 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11148 delete_breakpoint (b);
11149 throw_exception (e);
11152 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11153 do_cleanups (back_to);
11156 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11157 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11160 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11162 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11163 struct value *head = v;
11165 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11166 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11169 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11170 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11171 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11172 hardware watchpoint.
11174 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11175 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11176 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11177 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11178 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11179 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11180 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11181 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11182 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11184 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11185 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11186 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11187 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11188 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11190 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11192 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11193 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11194 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11195 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11196 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11197 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11201 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11202 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11203 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11205 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11206 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11207 middle of some value chain. */
11209 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11210 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11212 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11216 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11217 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11218 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11220 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11224 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11228 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11229 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11230 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11231 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11232 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11235 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11236 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11237 return found_memory_cnt;
11241 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11243 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11246 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11247 calls watch_command_1. */
11250 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11252 int just_location = 0;
11255 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11256 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11258 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11262 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11266 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11268 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11272 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11274 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11278 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11280 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11284 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11286 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11290 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11292 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11296 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11297 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11299 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11301 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11302 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11306 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11307 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11308 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11311 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11313 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11315 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11316 if (a->breakpoint2)
11317 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11318 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11322 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11324 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11325 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11326 struct frame_info *frame;
11327 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11328 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11329 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11330 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11331 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11332 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11334 struct thread_info *tp;
11336 clear_proceed_status ();
11338 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11341 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11342 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11343 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11344 get_last_displayed_line ());
11346 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11347 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11349 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11350 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11352 sal = sals.sals[0];
11353 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11356 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11358 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11360 tp = inferior_thread ();
11363 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11365 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11366 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11367 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11370 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11371 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11372 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11373 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11375 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11378 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11380 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11382 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11383 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11384 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11388 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11390 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11391 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11394 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11398 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11399 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11400 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11401 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11403 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11404 only at the very same frame. */
11405 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11406 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11407 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11409 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11411 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11412 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11413 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11414 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11416 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11418 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11419 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11421 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11422 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11423 args->thread_num = thread;
11425 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11426 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11427 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11431 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11434 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11435 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11437 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11438 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11439 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11440 if clause in the arg string. */
11443 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11447 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11450 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11453 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11454 condition string. */
11455 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11456 cond_string = *arg;
11458 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11460 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11462 return cond_string;
11465 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11466 process start/exit, etc. */
11470 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11471 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11476 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11477 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11479 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11480 char *cond_string = NULL;
11481 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11484 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11485 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11486 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11490 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11492 /* The allowed syntax is:
11494 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11496 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11497 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11499 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11500 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11502 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11503 and enable reporting of such events. */
11506 case catch_fork_temporary:
11507 case catch_fork_permanent:
11508 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11509 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11511 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11512 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11513 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11514 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11517 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11523 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11524 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11526 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11527 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11529 char *cond_string = NULL;
11531 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11535 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11537 /* The allowed syntax is:
11539 catch exec if <cond>
11541 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11542 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11544 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11545 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11547 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11548 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11549 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11550 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11552 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11555 static enum print_stop_action
11556 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11558 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11559 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11560 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11562 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11564 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11565 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11566 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11569 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11570 ui_out_text (uiout,
11571 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11573 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11574 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11575 ui_out_text (uiout,
11576 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11577 : " (exception caught), ");
11578 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11580 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11581 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11582 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11583 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11585 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11589 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11590 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11592 struct value_print_options opts;
11593 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11595 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11596 if (opts.addressprint)
11598 annotate_field (4);
11599 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11602 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11603 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11605 annotate_field (5);
11607 *last_loc = b->loc;
11608 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11610 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11611 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11617 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11618 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11623 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11625 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11629 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11630 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11631 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11632 : _("Catchpoint "));
11633 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11634 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11638 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11639 catch catchpoints. */
11642 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11643 struct ui_file *fp)
11648 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11649 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11650 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11651 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11652 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11655 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11658 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11659 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11661 char *trigger_func_name;
11663 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11664 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11666 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11668 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11669 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11670 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11671 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11673 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11674 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11682 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11685 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11686 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11688 char *cond_string = NULL;
11692 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11694 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11696 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11697 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11699 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11700 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11701 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11703 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11706 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11709 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11712 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11714 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11716 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11719 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11722 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11724 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11726 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11730 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11731 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11732 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11734 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11740 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11742 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11744 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11745 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11746 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11747 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11748 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11749 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11750 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11751 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11752 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11753 enough for now, though. */
11756 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11758 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11759 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11760 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11761 b->language = language_ada;
11764 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11765 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11767 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11769 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11770 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11772 while (*arg != '\0')
11774 int i, syscall_number;
11776 char cur_name[128];
11779 /* Skip whitespace. */
11780 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11782 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11783 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11784 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11787 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11788 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11789 if (*endptr == '\0')
11790 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11793 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11795 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11797 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11798 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11799 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11800 syscall number to be caught. */
11801 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11804 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11805 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11808 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11812 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11815 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11816 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11821 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11823 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11824 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11825 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11826 this architecture yet."));
11828 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11830 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11832 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11833 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11834 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11835 for his/her architecture. */
11836 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11838 /* The allowed syntax is:
11840 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11842 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11845 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11849 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11850 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11854 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11856 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11861 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11863 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11866 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11869 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11871 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11872 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11873 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11874 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11876 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11878 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11881 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11885 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11888 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11891 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11893 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11894 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11897 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11898 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11900 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11904 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11905 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11906 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11907 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11912 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11913 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11914 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11915 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11917 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11918 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11919 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11920 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11921 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11922 error (_("No source file specified."));
11924 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11930 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11931 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11932 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11933 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11935 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11936 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11937 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11938 due to optimization, all in one block.
11940 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11941 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11942 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11943 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11944 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11945 to support that. */
11947 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11948 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11949 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11953 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11954 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11956 const char *sal_fullname;
11958 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11959 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11960 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11963 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11968 1 0 <can't happen> */
11970 sal = sals.sals[i];
11971 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11972 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11974 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11978 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11979 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11981 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11982 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11984 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11985 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11986 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11988 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11989 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11990 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11991 || loc->section == sal.section));
11992 int line_match = 0;
11994 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11995 && loc->symtab != NULL
11996 && sal_fullname != NULL
11997 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11998 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11999 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12000 sal_fullname) == 0)
12003 if (pc_match || line_match)
12012 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12016 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12017 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12020 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12022 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12025 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12026 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12027 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12028 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12029 compare_breakpoints);
12030 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12031 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12035 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12040 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12041 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12044 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12045 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12047 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12050 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12053 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12054 delete_breakpoint (b);
12057 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12059 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12062 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12063 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12064 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12067 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12069 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12071 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12072 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12073 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12075 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12079 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12080 delete_breakpoint (b);
12084 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12085 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12086 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12087 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12088 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12089 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12092 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12094 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12095 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12096 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12097 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12098 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12100 if (a->address != b->address)
12101 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12103 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12104 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12107 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12108 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12109 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12111 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12112 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12113 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12115 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12116 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12117 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12119 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12120 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12121 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12123 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12126 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12127 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12128 content of the bp_location array. */
12131 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12133 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12135 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12136 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12138 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12140 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12142 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12145 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12146 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12148 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12149 addr = bl->address - start;
12150 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12151 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12153 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12155 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12156 addr = end - bl->address;
12157 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12158 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12162 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12165 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12167 struct breakpoint *b;
12168 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12170 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12173 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12175 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12177 struct bp_location *bl;
12178 struct tracepoint *t;
12179 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12181 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12182 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12183 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12186 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12188 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12189 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12190 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12191 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12194 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12196 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12199 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12201 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12202 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12203 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12204 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12207 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12210 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12213 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12215 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12216 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12217 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12218 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12220 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12221 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12222 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12223 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12224 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12226 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12227 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12228 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12229 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12230 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12231 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12232 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12233 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12236 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12237 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12238 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12242 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12244 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12245 struct bp_location *loc;
12246 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12249 address = bl->address;
12250 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12252 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12253 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12254 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12256 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12257 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12260 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12261 the same program space as the location
12262 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12263 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12264 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12268 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12269 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12272 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12273 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12274 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12275 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12276 that have already been marked. */
12277 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12279 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12281 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12283 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12284 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12289 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12290 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12291 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12292 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12293 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12294 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12295 returns true on them.
12297 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12298 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12299 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12300 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12301 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12302 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12305 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12307 struct breakpoint *b;
12308 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12309 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12310 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12311 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12312 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12313 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12315 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12316 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12317 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12318 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12319 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12321 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12322 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12323 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12324 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12326 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12327 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12328 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12329 unsigned old_location_count;
12331 old_location = bp_location;
12332 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12333 bp_location = NULL;
12334 bp_location_count = 0;
12335 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12337 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12338 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12339 bp_location_count++;
12341 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12342 locp = bp_location;
12343 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12344 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12346 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12347 bp_location_compare);
12349 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12351 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12352 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12353 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12354 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12355 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12358 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12359 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12361 locp = bp_location;
12362 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12365 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12366 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12368 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12369 not, we have to free it. */
12370 int found_object = 0;
12371 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12372 int keep_in_target = 0;
12375 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12376 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12377 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12378 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12382 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12383 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12386 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12387 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12388 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12390 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12391 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12392 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12394 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12395 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12398 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12402 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12403 have to go through updates again. */
12404 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12406 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12408 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12410 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12411 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12412 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12413 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12414 at certain location is not inserted. */
12416 if (old_loc->inserted)
12418 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12421 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12423 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12424 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12425 keep_in_target = 1;
12429 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12430 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12431 remove its target-side condition. */
12433 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12434 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12435 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12436 this one from the target. */
12438 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12439 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12442 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12443 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12446 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12448 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12450 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12451 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12452 supported, but the latter are. */
12453 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12455 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12456 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12459 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12460 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12462 if (loc2 != old_loc
12463 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12465 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12466 keep_in_target = 1;
12474 if (!keep_in_target)
12476 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12478 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12479 this location on the global list, and try to
12480 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12481 reason why we will succeed next time.
12483 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12484 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12485 only after calling us. */
12486 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12487 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12488 old_loc->owner->number);
12496 if (removed && non_stop
12497 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12498 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12500 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12501 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12502 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12503 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12504 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12505 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12506 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12507 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12508 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12509 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12510 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12511 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12512 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12513 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12516 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12517 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12519 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12520 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12521 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12522 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12523 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12524 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12525 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12526 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12527 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12528 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12529 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12530 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12531 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12534 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12535 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12536 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12537 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12539 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12540 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12541 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12542 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12543 traps we can no longer explain. */
12545 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12546 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12548 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12552 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12553 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12558 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12559 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12560 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12561 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12562 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12563 are sorted first for the same address.
12565 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12566 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12568 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12569 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12570 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12571 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12572 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12574 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12576 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12579 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12580 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12581 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12582 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12583 `struct bp_location'. */
12584 || is_tracepoint (b))
12586 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12587 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12591 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12592 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12593 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12594 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12595 "actually inserted"));
12597 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12598 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12599 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12600 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12601 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12602 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12604 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12606 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12607 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12608 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12610 *loc_first_p = loc;
12611 loc->duplicate = 0;
12613 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12615 loc->needs_update = 1;
12616 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12617 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12623 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12624 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12625 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12627 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12628 loc->duplicate = 1;
12630 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12631 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12633 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12634 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12635 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12636 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12637 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12640 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12641 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12642 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12645 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12648 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12649 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12650 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12652 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12657 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12659 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12663 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12665 struct bp_location *loc;
12668 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12669 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12671 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12672 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12678 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12680 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12683 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12686 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12689 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12693 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12694 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12696 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12697 bs->old_val = NULL;
12698 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12702 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12704 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12706 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12708 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12712 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12716 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12718 struct value_print_options opts;
12720 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12722 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12724 if (b->loc == NULL)
12726 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12730 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12732 printf_filtered (" at ");
12733 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12736 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12738 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12740 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12741 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12742 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12743 b->loc->line_number);
12745 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12746 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12747 real situation somewhat. */
12748 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12753 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12755 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12757 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12762 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12765 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12767 xfree (self->cond);
12768 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12769 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12770 xfree (self->function_name);
12773 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12778 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12782 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12784 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12785 xfree (self->cond_string);
12786 xfree (self->extra_string);
12787 xfree (self->addr_string);
12788 xfree (self->filter);
12789 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12792 static struct bp_location *
12793 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12795 struct bp_location *loc;
12797 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12798 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12803 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12805 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12808 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12809 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12812 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12814 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12818 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12820 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12824 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12825 struct address_space *aspace,
12827 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12829 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12833 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12838 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12842 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12844 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12847 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12851 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12853 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12856 static enum print_stop_action
12857 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12859 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12863 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12864 struct ui_out *uiout)
12870 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12872 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12876 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12882 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12883 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12884 enum bptype type_wanted,
12888 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12892 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12893 struct linespec_result *c,
12894 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12896 char *extra_string,
12897 enum bptype type_wanted,
12898 enum bpdisp disposition,
12900 int task, int ignore_count,
12901 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12902 int from_tty, int enabled,
12903 int internal, unsigned flags)
12905 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12909 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12910 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12912 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12915 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12917 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12918 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12920 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12923 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12925 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12926 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12927 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12928 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12929 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12930 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12931 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12932 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12933 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12934 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12936 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12937 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12938 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12939 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12940 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12941 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12942 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12945 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12948 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12950 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12951 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12953 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12954 delete_breakpoint (b);
12958 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12962 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12964 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12965 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12968 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12973 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12975 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12976 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12978 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12982 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12983 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12984 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12986 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12987 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12990 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12994 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12995 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12996 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13003 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13005 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13010 static enum print_stop_action
13011 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13013 struct breakpoint *b;
13014 const struct bp_location *bl;
13016 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13018 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13020 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13021 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13023 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13024 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13025 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13028 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13033 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13035 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13036 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13037 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13039 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13040 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13042 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13046 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13048 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13053 case bp_breakpoint:
13054 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13055 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13056 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13058 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13059 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13060 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13061 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13063 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13064 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13067 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13075 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13077 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13078 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13079 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13080 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13081 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13082 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13084 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13087 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13088 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13091 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13095 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13096 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13097 enum bptype type_wanted,
13098 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13100 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13101 addr_start, copy_arg);
13105 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13106 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13107 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13109 char *extra_string,
13110 enum bptype type_wanted,
13111 enum bpdisp disposition,
13113 int task, int ignore_count,
13114 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13115 int from_tty, int enabled,
13116 int internal, unsigned flags)
13118 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13119 cond_string, extra_string,
13121 disposition, thread, task,
13122 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13123 enabled, internal, flags);
13127 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13128 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13130 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13133 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13136 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13140 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13141 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13142 case bp_overlay_event:
13143 case bp_longjmp_master:
13144 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13145 case bp_exception_master:
13146 delete_breakpoint (b);
13149 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13150 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13151 case bp_shlib_event:
13153 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13154 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13155 case bp_thread_event:
13161 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13163 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13165 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13166 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13167 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13168 objects (among other things). */
13169 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13170 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13176 static enum print_stop_action
13177 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13179 struct breakpoint *b;
13181 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13185 case bp_shlib_event:
13186 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13187 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13188 to shlib event" message.) */
13189 print_solib_event (0);
13192 case bp_thread_event:
13193 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13194 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13195 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13198 case bp_overlay_event:
13199 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13200 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13203 case bp_longjmp_master:
13204 /* These should never be enabled. */
13205 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13208 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13209 /* These should never be enabled. */
13210 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13211 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13214 case bp_exception_master:
13215 /* These should never be enabled. */
13216 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13217 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13221 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13225 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13227 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13230 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13233 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13235 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13236 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13237 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13238 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13242 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13244 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13247 static enum print_stop_action
13248 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13250 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13252 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13254 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13259 ui_out_field_string
13261 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13265 ui_out_field_string
13267 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13272 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13276 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13278 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13281 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13283 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13284 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13287 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13289 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13292 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13294 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13297 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13300 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13302 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13306 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13308 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13315 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13317 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13318 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13320 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13324 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13325 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13326 enum bptype type_wanted,
13327 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13329 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13331 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13333 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13334 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13336 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13340 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13341 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13343 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13345 error (_("probe not found"));
13348 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13351 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13353 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13357 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13358 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13359 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13361 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13367 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13368 struct ui_out *uiout)
13370 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13371 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13373 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13375 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13376 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13377 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13378 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13383 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13385 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13390 case bp_tracepoint:
13391 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13392 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13394 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13395 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13396 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13398 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13399 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13400 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13403 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13404 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13411 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13413 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13415 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13416 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13417 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13418 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13419 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13422 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13423 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13426 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13428 if (tp->pass_count)
13429 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13433 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13434 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13435 enum bptype type_wanted,
13436 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13438 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13439 addr_start, copy_arg);
13443 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13444 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13445 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13447 char *extra_string,
13448 enum bptype type_wanted,
13449 enum bpdisp disposition,
13451 int task, int ignore_count,
13452 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13453 int from_tty, int enabled,
13454 int internal, unsigned flags)
13456 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13457 cond_string, extra_string,
13459 disposition, thread, task,
13460 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13461 enabled, internal, flags);
13465 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13466 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13468 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13471 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13473 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13477 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13478 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13479 enum bptype type_wanted,
13480 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13482 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13483 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13484 addr_start, copy_arg);
13488 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13489 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13491 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13492 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13495 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13497 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13501 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13502 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13503 enum bptype type_wanted,
13504 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13506 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13508 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13510 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13512 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13513 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13514 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13518 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13519 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13520 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13522 char *extra_string,
13523 enum bptype type_wanted,
13524 enum bpdisp disposition,
13526 int task, int ignore_count,
13527 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13528 int from_tty, int enabled,
13529 int internal, unsigned flags)
13533 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13534 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13535 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13536 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13537 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13538 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13540 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13542 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13543 struct tracepoint *tp;
13544 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13547 expanded.nelts = 1;
13548 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13550 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13551 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13553 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13554 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13556 cond_string, extra_string,
13557 type_wanted, disposition,
13558 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13559 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13560 canonical->special_display);
13561 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13562 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13563 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13564 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13565 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13566 corresponds to this one */
13567 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13569 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13571 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13576 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13577 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13579 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13581 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13582 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13584 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13588 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13591 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13594 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13596 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13599 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13603 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13605 struct breakpoint *b;
13607 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13609 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13610 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13613 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13614 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13615 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13616 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13617 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13620 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13621 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13622 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13623 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13625 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13628 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13629 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13630 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13632 struct breakpoint *related;
13633 struct watchpoint *w;
13635 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13636 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13637 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13638 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13644 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13645 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13646 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13647 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13648 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13651 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13652 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13653 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13654 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13656 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13658 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13659 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13662 if (b->next == bpt)
13664 b->next = bpt->next;
13668 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13670 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13671 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13672 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13673 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13674 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13675 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13676 commands won't work. */
13678 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13680 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13681 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13682 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13683 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13684 might be better design to have location completely
13685 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13686 update_global_location_list (0);
13688 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13689 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13690 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13691 bpt->type = bp_none;
13696 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13698 delete_breakpoint (b);
13702 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13704 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13707 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13708 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13711 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13712 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13716 struct breakpoint *related;
13721 struct breakpoint *next;
13723 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13724 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13726 if (next == related)
13728 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13729 function (related, data);
13731 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13732 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13737 function (related, data);
13741 while (related != b);
13745 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13747 delete_breakpoint (b);
13750 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13751 delete_breakpoint. */
13754 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13756 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13760 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13762 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13768 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13770 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13771 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13772 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13773 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13774 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13776 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13780 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13782 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13785 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13786 delete_breakpoint (b);
13790 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13794 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13796 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13797 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13798 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13803 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13804 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13805 Null names are ignored. */
13808 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13810 struct bp_location *l;
13811 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13812 (int (*) (const void *,
13813 const void *)) streq,
13814 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13816 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13819 const char *name = l->function_name;
13821 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13825 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13827 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13831 htab_delete (htab);
13837 htab_delete (htab);
13841 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13842 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13843 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13844 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13845 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13846 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13847 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13848 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13851 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13852 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13853 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13854 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13855 in the sources, and output a warning.
13857 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13858 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13859 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13860 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13861 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13864 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13865 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13866 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13867 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13868 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13869 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13870 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13871 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13872 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13874 static struct symtab_and_line
13875 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13877 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13878 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13883 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13885 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13887 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13888 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13890 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13892 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13893 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13894 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13899 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13901 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13903 && sal.symtab != NULL
13904 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13906 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13909 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13911 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13913 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13914 struct symbol *sym;
13915 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13916 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13918 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13920 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13921 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13923 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13924 "found at previous line number"),
13925 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13929 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13931 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13932 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13933 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13936 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13937 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13938 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13940 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13941 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13942 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13944 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13946 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13948 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13951 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13952 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13954 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13955 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13957 xfree (b->addr_string);
13958 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13959 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13960 b->loc->line_number);
13962 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13965 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13971 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13972 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13975 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13979 if (a->address != b->address)
13982 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13985 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13992 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13998 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13999 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14000 a ranged breakpoint. */
14003 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14004 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14005 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14008 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14010 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14012 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14014 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14015 update_global_location_list (1);
14016 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14017 "multiple locations found\n"),
14022 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14023 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14024 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14025 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14026 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14027 individual locations. */
14028 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14033 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14035 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14037 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14039 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14041 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14043 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14046 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14048 s = b->cond_string;
14049 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14051 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14052 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14057 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14058 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14059 b->number, e.message);
14060 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14064 if (sals_end.nelts)
14066 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14068 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14072 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14073 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14074 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14076 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14079 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14080 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14081 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14082 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14083 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14084 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14085 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14087 for (; e; e = e->next)
14089 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14091 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14092 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14094 for (; l; l = l->next)
14095 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14103 for (; l; l = l->next)
14104 if (l->function_name
14105 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14115 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14116 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14118 update_global_location_list (1);
14121 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14122 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14124 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14125 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14128 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14129 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14131 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14134 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14136 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14140 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14141 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14142 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14143 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14144 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14145 state, then user already saw the message about that
14146 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14148 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14149 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14150 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14151 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14152 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14153 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14155 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14157 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14158 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14159 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14160 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14161 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14162 which approach is better. */
14163 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14164 throw_exception (e);
14168 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14172 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14173 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14174 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14176 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14179 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14180 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14183 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14184 b->thread = thread;
14187 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14188 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14191 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14192 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14202 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14203 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14207 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14210 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14211 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14212 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14214 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14217 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14221 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14223 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14226 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14227 expanded_end = sals_end;
14231 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14234 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14235 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14238 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14239 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14240 enum bptype type_wanted,
14241 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14243 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14246 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14247 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14251 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14252 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14253 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14255 char *extra_string,
14256 enum bptype type_wanted,
14257 enum bpdisp disposition,
14259 int task, int ignore_count,
14260 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14261 int from_tty, int enabled,
14262 int internal, unsigned flags)
14264 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14266 type_wanted, disposition,
14267 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14268 enabled, internal, flags);
14271 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14272 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14275 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14276 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14278 struct linespec_result canonical;
14280 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14281 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14282 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14283 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14286 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14287 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14289 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14291 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14293 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14294 *sals = lsal->sals;
14295 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14297 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14300 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14303 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14305 static struct cleanup *
14306 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14308 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14310 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14311 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14312 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14313 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14314 set_language (b->language);
14319 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14320 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14321 Unused in this case. */
14324 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14326 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14327 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14328 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14330 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14331 b->ops->re_set (b);
14332 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14336 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14338 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14340 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14341 enum language save_language;
14342 int save_input_radix;
14343 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14345 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14346 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14347 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14349 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14351 /* Format possible error msg. */
14352 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14354 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14355 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14356 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14358 set_language (save_language);
14359 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14361 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14363 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14365 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14366 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14367 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14368 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14371 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14373 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14374 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14376 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14378 if (b->thread != -1)
14380 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14381 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14383 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14384 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14385 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14387 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14391 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14392 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14393 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14396 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14398 struct breakpoint *b;
14403 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14404 if (b->number == bptnum)
14406 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14408 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14409 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14414 b->ignore_count = count;
14418 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14419 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14421 else if (count == 1)
14422 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14425 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14426 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14429 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14433 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14436 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14439 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14445 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14447 num = get_number (&p);
14449 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14451 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14453 set_ignore_count (num,
14454 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14457 printf_filtered ("\n");
14460 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14461 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14464 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14469 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14471 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14474 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14476 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14478 while (!state.finished)
14480 char *p = state.string;
14484 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14487 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14492 if (b->number == num)
14495 function (b, data);
14499 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14504 static struct bp_location *
14505 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14507 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14511 struct breakpoint *b;
14512 struct bp_location *loc;
14517 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14519 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14522 if (b->number == bp_num)
14527 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14528 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14531 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14533 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14537 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14540 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14546 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14547 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14548 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14551 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14553 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14554 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14555 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14556 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14559 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14560 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14563 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14565 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14566 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14568 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14569 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14571 struct bp_location *location;
14573 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14574 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14577 update_global_location_list (0);
14579 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14582 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14585 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14587 disable_breakpoint (b);
14590 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14591 disable_breakpoint. */
14594 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14596 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14600 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14604 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14607 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14608 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14610 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14612 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14618 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14620 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14621 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14622 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14623 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14625 update_global_location_list (0);
14628 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14632 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14635 int target_resources_ok;
14637 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14640 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14641 target_resources_ok =
14642 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14644 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14645 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14646 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14647 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14650 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14652 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14653 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14654 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14656 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14658 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14660 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14661 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14662 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14666 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14667 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14673 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14674 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14676 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14678 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14679 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14681 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14682 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14684 struct bp_location *location;
14686 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14687 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14690 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14691 bpt->enable_count = count;
14692 update_global_location_list (1);
14694 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14699 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14701 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14705 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14707 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14710 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14711 enable_breakpoint. */
14714 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14716 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14719 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14720 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14721 in stopping the inferior. */
14724 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14728 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14731 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14732 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14734 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14736 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14742 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14744 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14745 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14746 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14747 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14749 update_global_location_list (1);
14752 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14755 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14765 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14767 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14769 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14773 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14775 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14777 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14781 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14783 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14787 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14789 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14791 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14795 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14797 int count = get_number (&args);
14799 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14803 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14805 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14807 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14811 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14813 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14817 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14822 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14826 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14827 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14831 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14832 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14833 const bfd_byte *data)
14835 struct breakpoint *bp;
14837 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14838 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14839 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14841 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14843 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14845 struct bp_location *loc;
14847 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14848 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14849 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14850 && addr + len > loc->address)
14852 value_free (wp->val);
14860 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14861 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14862 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14863 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14867 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14868 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14870 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14872 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14874 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14875 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14877 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14879 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14887 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14888 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14891 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14893 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14896 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14902 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14905 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14906 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14908 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14911 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14912 struct address_space *aspace,
14917 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14919 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14920 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14924 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14925 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14926 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14929 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14930 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14931 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14932 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14933 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14934 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14936 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14937 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14938 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14939 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14942 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14943 were inserted or not. */
14946 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14948 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14949 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14952 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14955 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14957 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14959 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14961 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14962 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14963 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14964 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14966 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14968 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14969 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14970 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14971 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14975 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14976 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14977 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14981 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14985 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14986 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14988 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14989 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14990 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14994 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14998 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15002 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15003 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15004 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15005 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15008 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15012 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15017 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15019 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15021 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15022 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15030 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15031 non-zero otherwise. */
15033 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15035 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15036 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15037 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15044 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15046 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15047 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15049 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15053 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15055 struct breakpoint *bp;
15057 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15058 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15060 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15062 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15066 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15068 if (syscall_number == iter)
15078 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15079 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15080 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15081 const char *text, const char *word)
15083 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15084 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15085 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15091 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15093 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15095 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15097 tracepoint_count = num;
15098 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15102 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15104 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15105 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15107 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15108 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15110 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15112 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15114 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15116 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15117 0 /* Ignore count */,
15118 pending_break_support,
15122 0 /* internal */, 0);
15126 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15128 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15130 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15132 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15133 0 /* Ignore count */,
15134 pending_break_support,
15135 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15138 0 /* internal */, 0);
15141 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15144 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15146 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15148 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15149 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15150 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15151 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15153 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15155 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15157 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15159 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15160 0 /* Ignore count */,
15161 pending_break_support,
15165 0 /* internal */, 0);
15168 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15169 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15171 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15172 static int next_cmd;
15175 read_uploaded_action (void)
15179 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15186 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15187 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15188 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15189 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15190 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15192 struct tracepoint *
15193 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15195 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15196 struct tracepoint *tp;
15198 if (utp->at_string)
15199 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15202 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15203 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15204 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15206 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15207 "source location, using raw address"),
15209 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15210 addr_str = small_buf;
15213 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15214 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15215 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15216 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15219 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15221 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15222 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15224 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15225 0 /* Ignore count */,
15226 pending_break_support,
15227 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15229 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15231 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15234 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15235 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15236 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15240 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15243 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15246 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15247 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15248 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15250 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15252 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15257 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15259 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15261 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15262 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15263 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15264 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15267 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15268 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15269 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15274 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15278 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15280 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15283 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15285 if (num_printed == 0)
15287 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15288 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15290 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15293 default_collect_info ();
15296 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15297 Not supported by all targets. */
15299 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15301 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15304 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15305 Not supported by all targets. */
15307 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15309 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15312 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15314 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15316 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15322 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15324 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15325 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15326 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15328 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15329 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15331 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15335 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15337 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15340 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15341 delete_breakpoint (b);
15345 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15348 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15351 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15353 tp->pass_count = count;
15354 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15356 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15357 tp->base.number, count);
15360 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15362 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15363 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15364 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15367 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15369 struct tracepoint *t1;
15370 unsigned int count;
15372 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15373 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15374 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15376 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15378 args = skip_spaces (args);
15379 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15381 struct breakpoint *b;
15383 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15385 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15387 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15389 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15390 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15393 else if (*args == '\0')
15395 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15397 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15401 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15403 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15404 while (!state.finished)
15406 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15408 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15413 struct tracepoint *
15414 get_tracepoint (int num)
15416 struct breakpoint *t;
15418 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15419 if (t->number == num)
15420 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15425 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15426 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15429 struct tracepoint *
15430 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15432 struct breakpoint *b;
15434 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15436 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15438 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15445 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15446 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15447 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15448 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15449 struct tracepoint *
15450 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15451 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15454 struct breakpoint *t;
15456 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15460 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15461 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15463 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15466 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15468 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15471 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15475 if (instring && *instring)
15476 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15479 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15480 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15484 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15485 if (t->number == tpnum)
15487 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15490 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15495 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15497 if (b->thread != -1)
15498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15506 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15507 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15508 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15512 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15513 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15515 struct breakpoint *tp;
15518 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15519 struct ui_file *fp;
15520 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15522 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15523 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15525 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15528 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15529 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15532 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15533 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15538 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15540 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15542 /* We can stop searching. */
15549 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15553 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15554 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15555 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15557 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15558 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15559 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15561 if (extra_trace_bits)
15562 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15564 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15566 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15567 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15570 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15571 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15574 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15576 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15577 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15580 if (tp->cond_string)
15581 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15583 if (tp->ignore_count)
15584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15588 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15590 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15592 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15593 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15595 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15597 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15600 throw_exception (ex);
15602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15605 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15606 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15608 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15609 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15610 special, and not user visible. */
15611 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15613 struct bp_location *loc;
15616 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15622 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15623 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15625 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15627 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15630 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15633 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15635 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15638 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15641 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15643 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15646 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15648 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15649 all_tracepoints (void)
15651 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15652 struct breakpoint *tp;
15654 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15656 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15663 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15664 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15665 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15667 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15668 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15669 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15670 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15671 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15672 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15673 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15674 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15675 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15676 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15677 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15679 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15680 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15682 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15683 conditions are different.\n\
15685 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15687 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15688 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15690 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15691 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15694 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15695 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15696 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15697 completer_ftype *completer,
15698 void *user_data_catch,
15699 void *user_data_tcatch)
15701 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15703 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15705 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15706 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15707 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15709 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15711 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15712 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15713 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15717 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15719 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15720 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15722 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15723 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15724 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15728 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15730 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15731 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15732 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15735 struct breakpoint *
15736 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15739 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15743 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15750 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15751 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15754 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15756 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15757 non-inline function. */
15758 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15764 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15765 have been inlined. */
15768 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15769 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15771 struct breakpoint *b;
15772 struct bp_location *bl;
15774 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15776 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15779 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15781 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15782 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15790 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15793 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15795 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15797 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15798 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15799 loc->symtab = NULL;
15803 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15805 static int initialized = 0;
15807 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15813 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15814 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15815 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15816 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15817 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15818 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15819 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15820 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15821 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15822 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15823 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15824 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15826 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15827 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15828 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15829 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15830 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15831 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15832 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15833 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15835 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15836 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15837 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15838 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15839 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15840 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15841 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15842 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15843 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15844 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15846 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15847 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15848 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15849 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15850 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15851 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15852 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15854 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15855 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15856 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15857 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15858 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15859 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15860 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15862 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15863 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15864 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15865 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15867 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15868 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15869 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15870 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15871 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15872 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15873 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15875 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15876 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15877 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15878 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15879 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15880 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15881 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15884 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15885 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15886 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15887 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15888 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15889 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15890 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15891 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15892 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15893 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15894 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15895 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15896 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15898 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15899 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15900 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15901 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15902 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15903 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15904 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15905 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15906 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15907 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15908 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15911 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15912 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15913 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15914 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15915 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15916 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15917 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15918 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15919 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15920 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15922 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15923 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15924 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15925 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15926 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15928 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15929 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15930 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15931 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15932 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15933 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15935 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15936 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15937 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15938 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15939 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15940 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15941 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15942 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15943 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15944 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15946 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15947 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15948 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15949 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15950 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15951 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15952 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15953 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15954 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15955 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15957 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15958 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15959 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15960 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15961 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15962 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15963 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15964 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15965 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15966 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15967 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15969 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15970 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15971 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15972 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15973 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15974 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15975 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15976 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15977 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15978 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15979 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15981 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15982 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15983 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15984 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15985 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15986 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15987 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15988 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15989 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15990 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15991 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15992 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15994 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15995 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15996 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15997 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15998 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15999 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16000 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16003 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16005 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16008 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16010 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16012 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16014 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16015 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16016 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16018 breakpoint_objfile_key
16019 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16021 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16022 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16023 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16025 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16026 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16027 before a breakpoint is set. */
16028 breakpoint_count = 0;
16030 tracepoint_count = 0;
16032 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16033 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16034 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16036 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16038 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16039 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16040 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16041 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16042 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16043 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16044 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16045 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16047 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16048 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16049 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16050 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16051 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16053 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16054 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16055 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16056 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16057 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16059 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16060 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16062 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16063 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16064 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16065 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16067 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16068 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16070 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16071 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16072 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16073 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16075 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16076 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16078 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16079 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16080 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16081 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16082 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16083 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16084 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16086 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16087 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16088 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16089 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16090 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16091 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16093 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16095 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16096 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16097 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16098 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16099 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16100 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16102 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16103 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16104 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16107 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16108 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16109 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16112 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16113 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16114 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16115 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16118 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16119 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16120 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16123 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16124 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16125 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16128 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16129 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16130 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16131 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16134 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16135 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16136 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16137 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16138 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16139 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16140 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16141 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16143 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16144 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16146 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16147 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16149 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16150 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16151 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16152 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16153 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16154 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16157 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16158 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16159 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16160 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16162 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16163 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16164 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16165 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16166 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16168 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16169 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16170 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16171 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16173 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16174 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16175 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16176 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16177 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16180 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16181 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16182 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16183 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16184 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16185 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16187 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16188 is executing in.\n\
16190 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16191 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16193 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16194 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16195 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16196 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16198 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16199 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16200 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16201 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16204 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16208 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16209 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16210 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16211 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16212 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16213 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16214 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16215 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16216 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16217 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16218 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16219 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16220 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16221 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16222 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16223 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16225 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16226 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16227 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16228 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16229 breakpoint set."));
16232 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16233 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16234 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16235 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16236 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16237 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16238 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16239 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16240 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16242 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16243 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16244 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16245 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16246 breakpoint set."));
16248 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16251 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16252 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16253 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16254 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16255 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16256 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16257 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16258 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16259 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16261 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16262 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16263 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16264 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16265 breakpoint set."));
16267 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16268 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16269 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16270 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16271 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16272 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16273 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16274 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16275 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16276 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16277 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16278 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16279 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16281 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16282 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16283 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16284 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16286 &maintenanceinfolist);
16288 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16289 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16290 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16291 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16293 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16294 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16295 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16296 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16298 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16299 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16300 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16301 catch_catch_command,
16305 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16306 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16307 catch_throw_command,
16311 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16312 catch_fork_command_1,
16314 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16315 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16316 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16317 catch_fork_command_1,
16319 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16320 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16321 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16322 catch_exec_command_1,
16326 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16327 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16328 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16329 catch_load_command_1,
16333 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16334 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16335 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16336 catch_unload_command_1,
16340 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16341 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16342 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16343 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16344 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16345 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16346 catch_syscall_command_1,
16347 catch_syscall_completer,
16351 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16352 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16353 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16354 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16355 an expression changes.\n\
16356 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16357 the memory to which it refers."));
16358 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16360 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16361 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16362 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16363 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16364 an expression is read.\n\
16365 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16366 the memory to which it refers."));
16367 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16369 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16370 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16371 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16372 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16373 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16374 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16375 the memory to which it refers."));
16376 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16378 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16379 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16381 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16382 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16383 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16384 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16385 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16386 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16387 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16388 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16389 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16392 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16393 &setlist, &showlist);
16395 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16397 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16399 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16400 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16402 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16403 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16404 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16406 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16407 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16408 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16409 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16411 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16412 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16414 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16415 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16416 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16418 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16419 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16421 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16422 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16423 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16424 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16425 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16426 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16427 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16428 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16429 the selected stack frame.\n\
16430 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16431 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16432 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16433 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16435 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16437 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16438 conditions are different.\n\
16440 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16441 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16442 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16444 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16445 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16446 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16447 last tracepoint set."));
16449 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16451 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16452 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16453 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16454 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16456 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16458 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16459 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16460 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16461 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16463 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16465 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16466 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16467 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16468 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16470 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16472 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16473 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16474 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16475 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16476 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16478 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16479 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16480 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16481 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16483 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16484 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16485 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16486 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16487 session to restore them."),
16489 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16491 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16492 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16493 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16495 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16497 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16498 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16500 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16501 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16502 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16503 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16504 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16505 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16506 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16507 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16508 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16509 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16510 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16511 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16513 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16514 &pending_break_support, _("\
16515 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16516 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16517 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16518 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16519 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16520 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16522 show_pending_break_support,
16523 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16524 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16526 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16528 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16529 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16530 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16531 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16532 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16533 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16534 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16536 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16537 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16538 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16540 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16541 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16542 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16543 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16544 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16545 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16546 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16547 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16548 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16549 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16550 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16551 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16553 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16554 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16555 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16557 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16558 condition_evaluation_enums,
16559 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16560 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16561 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16562 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16563 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16564 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16565 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16566 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16567 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16568 be set to \"gdb\""),
16569 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16570 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16571 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16572 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16574 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16575 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16576 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16577 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16578 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16579 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16580 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16581 or the start of the range\n\
16582 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16583 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16584 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16586 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16587 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16588 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16590 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16591 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16592 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16593 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16594 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16595 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16597 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16599 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16600 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16601 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16602 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16603 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16604 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16605 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16606 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16607 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16608 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16609 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16610 &setlist, &showlist);
16612 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16613 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16614 &dprintf_function, _("\
16615 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16616 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16617 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16618 &setlist, &showlist);
16620 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16621 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16622 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16623 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16624 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16625 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16626 &setlist, &showlist);
16628 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16629 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16630 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16631 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16632 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16633 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16636 &setlist, &showlist);
16638 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16639 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16640 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16642 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16644 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);